Nothing Special   »   [go: up one dir, main page]

WO2022224984A1 - Reflective screen and video display device - Google Patents

Reflective screen and video display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022224984A1
WO2022224984A1 PCT/JP2022/018261 JP2022018261W WO2022224984A1 WO 2022224984 A1 WO2022224984 A1 WO 2022224984A1 JP 2022018261 W JP2022018261 W JP 2022018261W WO 2022224984 A1 WO2022224984 A1 WO 2022224984A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light
layer
screen
image
reflective
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/018261
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
弘 小島
正浩 後藤
博 関口
憲一 坂本
朋也 川島
Original Assignee
大日本印刷株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2021071237A external-priority patent/JP2022165753A/en
Priority claimed from JP2021071240A external-priority patent/JP2022165756A/en
Priority claimed from JP2021071239A external-priority patent/JP2022165755A/en
Application filed by 大日本印刷株式会社 filed Critical 大日本印刷株式会社
Publication of WO2022224984A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022224984A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B3/00Simple or compound lenses
    • G02B3/02Simple or compound lenses with non-spherical faces
    • G02B3/08Simple or compound lenses with non-spherical faces with discontinuous faces, e.g. Fresnel lens
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/02Diffusing elements; Afocal elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/08Mirrors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B21/00Projectors or projection-type viewers; Accessories therefor
    • G03B21/54Accessories
    • G03B21/56Projection screens
    • G03B21/60Projection screens characterised by the nature of the surface
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03BAPPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR TAKING PHOTOGRAPHS OR FOR PROJECTING OR VIEWING THEM; APPARATUS OR ARRANGEMENTS EMPLOYING ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ACCESSORIES THEREFOR
    • G03B21/00Projectors or projection-type viewers; Accessories therefor
    • G03B21/54Accessories
    • G03B21/56Projection screens
    • G03B21/60Projection screens characterised by the nature of the surface
    • G03B21/62Translucent screens

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a reflective screen and a video display device equipped with the same.
  • a transparent reflective screen (see, for example, Patent Document 1) is fixed by being attached to a highly translucent member such as a window glass, and reflects projected image light.
  • a highly translucent member such as a window glass
  • the scenery on the other side of the screen can be observed through the screen when the image light is not projected and the screen is not in use.
  • Patent Document 1 when the reflective surface (the surface of the reflective layer) is a rough surface having fine irregularities, the image light is diffusely reflected by the reflective surface. It is not necessary to provide a light diffusing layer closer to the image source than the reflective layer, and the transparency of the reflective screen can be improved. However, when such a rough reflective surface is provided, there is a problem that the image is likely to glare (also called speckle).
  • Such image glare is not preferable because it interferes with comfortable viewing of the image.
  • image glare tends to be visible particularly when using an image source using a laser light source capable of displaying a bright and clear image.
  • it is effective to provide a light diffusion layer containing a diffusion material as described above.
  • a light diffusion layer has the problem of causing image blurring (reduction of resolution) and reducing the transparency of the screen.
  • a transparent reflective screen part of the image light passes through the reflective layer, is totally reflected at the interface on the back side of the screen, and is emitted toward the image source, resulting in images such as double images. There were cases where blurring occurred and the clarity of the image decreased.
  • black brightness of images tends to be high, and a decrease in image contrast is also a problem.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a reflective screen capable of reducing image glare and displaying a clear image, and an image display device having the same.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a reflective screen capable of displaying a high-contrast, clear image, and an image display device having the same.
  • a first invention is a reflective screen that displays an image by reflecting at least part of image light projected from an image source, and has a first surface (121a) on which image light is incident and intersects this.
  • a first optical shape layer (12) having a second surface (121b) and having a plurality of unit optical shapes (121) arranged convexly on the back side; and at least the first surface of the unit optical shape.
  • a reflective layer (13) that diffusely reflects at least part of the incident light, and the reflective screen in the thickness direction of the reflective screen.
  • a specific angular range R1
  • R2 Located closer to the image source than the reflective layer, it diffuses and transmits incident light from a specific angular range (R1), and transmits incident light from outside the specific angular range (R2) without diffusing it.
  • a light control layer (16) that does not have a light diffusion layer containing particles that diffuse light, and the first surface of the unit optical shape forms an angle ⁇ with a surface parallel to the screen surface increases in one direction along the direction in which the unit optical shapes are arranged, and the specific angular range extends in a direction parallel to the direction in which the unit optical shapes are arranged and passing through a point that is the center of the screen of the reflective screen.
  • a reflective screen (10, 20) characterized by: In a second invention, in the reflective screen of the first invention, in the thickness direction of the reflective screen, the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer (12) and the back surface of the light control layer (16) A reflective screen (10, 20) characterized in that the distance (D1) between the side surfaces is 0.5 mm or less.
  • a third aspect of the invention is a reflective screen that displays an image by reflecting at least a portion of image light projected from an image source, the screen intersecting with a first surface (121a) on which image light is incident.
  • a first optical shape layer (12) having a second surface (121b) and having a plurality of unit optical shapes (121) arranged convexly on the back side; and at least the first surface of the unit optical shape.
  • a reflective layer (13) that diffusely reflects at least part of the incident light, and the reflective screen in the thickness direction of the reflective screen. Located closer to the image source than the reflective layer, it diffuses and transmits incident light from a specific angular range (R1), and transmits incident light from outside the specific angular range (R2) without diffusing it.
  • the angle range increases in one direction along the direction in which the unit optical shapes are arranged, and the specific angle range extends through a point that is the center of the screen of the reflective screen, in a direction parallel to the direction in which the unit optical shapes are arranged, and in the direction parallel to the direction in which the unit optical shapes are arranged.
  • a reflective screen (40) characterized by:
  • a fourth invention is the reflective screen according to any one of the first invention to the third invention, wherein the reflective layer (13) reflects a part of the incident light and transmits a part of it.
  • a second optic which is a mold, is provided adjacent to the reflective layer on the back side of the reflective layer, has optical transparency, and is laminated so as to fill the valleys of the adjacent unit optical shapes (121). It has a shaped layer (14), and the second optically shaped layer has a planar surface on the back side and has a refractive index that is equal to or equal to the refractive index of the first optically shaped layer (12).
  • a sixth invention is the reflective screen according to any one of the first invention to the fifth invention, comprising a light absorption layer (30) that partially absorbs and partially transmits incident light,
  • a reflective screen (20, 40) characterized by A seventh aspect of the invention is the reflective screen (20, 40).
  • the light absorption layer (30) has a higher absorptivity for light with a large incident angle than that for light with an incident angle of 0°.
  • a reflective screen (20, 40) characterized by being a light modulating layer capable of selecting a state in which the difference in light absorptance depending on the incident angle is small.
  • a ninth invention is the reflective screen according to any one of the sixth invention to the eighth invention, wherein the reflective layer (13) reflects a part of incident light and transmits a part of it, which is semi-transmissive.
  • a tenth invention is a reflective screen (10, 20, 40) according to any one of the first invention to the ninth invention, and an image source (LS) for projecting image light onto the reflective screen. It is a video display device (1) provided.
  • the specific angular range (R1) of the reflective screen (10, 20, 40) is an image light projected by the image source (LS).
  • a twelfth aspect of the present invention is a reflective screen for displaying an image by reflecting at least part of image light projected from an image source, the screen having a fine and irregular uneven shape formed on the surface thereof, and a transflective reflective layer (13) that diffuses and reflects at least a portion of light by the uneven shape and transmits a portion of the light;
  • a light control layer (30) that absorbs a part of incident light and transmits a part of it so that the transmittance can be adjusted, and does not have a light diffusion layer that contains particles that diffuse light.
  • a thirteenth invention is the reflective screen according to the twelfth invention, wherein the light control layer (30) comprises a layer (36) containing a liquid crystal material containing a dichroic dye. Mold screens (70, 20, 40, 80).
  • a fourteenth invention is the reflective screen according to the twelfth invention or the thirteenth invention, wherein the light control layer (30) absorbs light with an incident angle of 40° or more in a state of high light transmittance.
  • a reflective screen (70, 20, 40, 80) characterized in that the index is greater than the absorption for light with an incident angle of 0°.
  • the reflective screen in the reflective screen according to any one of the twelfth invention to the fourteenth invention, and a first optical shape layer (12) in which a plurality of unit optical shapes (121) that are convex on the back side are arranged; and a second optical shape layer (14) having optical transparency and laminated so as to fill the valleys of the adjacent unit optical shapes, wherein the reflective layer is at least the second optical shape of the unit optical shapes.
  • the second optically shaped layer has a flat rear surface, and has a refractive index equal to or so small that it can be regarded as equal to that of the first optically shaped layer.
  • a reflective screen (70, 20, 40, 80) characterized by:
  • the first optical shape layer (12) has a Fresnel lens shape on the back surface side, and the unit optical shape is formed from a direction orthogonal to the screen surface.
  • a reflective screen (70, 20, 40, 80) characterized by being arc-shaped when viewed and arranged concentrically around a point (C) located outside the display area of the reflective screen. is.
  • a seventeenth invention is the reflective screen according to any one of the twelfth invention to the sixteenth invention, wherein the light modulating layer (30) is laminated with a substrate layer having high light transmittance on the image source side or the back side.
  • a specific A reflection characterized by comprising a light control layer (16) that diffuses and transmits incident light from an angular range (R1) and transmits incident light from outside the specific angular range without diffusion. Mold screens (20, 40).
  • a nineteenth invention is a reflective screen (70, 20, 40, 80) according to any one of the twelfth invention to the eighteenth invention, and an image source (LS) for projecting image light onto the reflective screen.
  • a video display device (1) comprising:
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a reflective screen capable of reducing image glare and displaying a clear image, and an image display device including the same. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a reflective screen capable of displaying a clear image with high contrast, and an image display device having the same.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining a first optical shape layer 12; 4A and 4B are diagrams for explaining the light control action of the light control layer 16; FIG. 4A and 4B are diagrams showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 10 of the first embodiment; FIG. FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the positions of each screen, image source LS, luminance meter K, observer O3, and the like during measurement of peak luminance and the like and visual evaluation. It is a figure which shows the layer structure of the screen 20 of 2nd Embodiment.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the state of orientation of liquid crystal material of the light control layer 30.
  • FIG. FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 20 of the second embodiment;
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a layer structure of a screen 40 of a third embodiment;
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 40 of the third embodiment; It is a figure which shows each screen at the time of visual evaluation, the image source LS, the position of the observer O3, etc.
  • FIG. FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a layer structure of a screen 70 of a fourth embodiment;
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining a method of measuring changes in transmittance depending on the incident angle in Samples 1 to 3; 4 is a graph showing the rate of decrease in obliquely incident light transmittance with respect to the front transmittance of Samples 1 to 3.
  • FIG. FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 70 of the fourth embodiment;
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a layer structure of a screen 80 of a fifth embodiment;
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a layer configuration of a screen 50 of a modified form;
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram, and the size and shape of each part are appropriately exaggerated for easy understanding.
  • terms that specify shapes and geometric conditions, such as parallel and orthogonal terms, have the same optical function and can be regarded as parallel or orthogonal in addition to the strict meaning. It shall include the state with an error of
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a video display device 1 according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 1(a) is a perspective view of the image display device 1
  • FIG. 1(b) is a view of the image display device 1 viewed from the side (+X side, which will be described later).
  • the video display device 1 has a screen 10, a video source LS, and the like.
  • the screen 10 is a reflective screen that reflects part of the image light L0 projected from the image source LS to display an image on the screen. The details of this screen 10 will be described later.
  • the horizontal direction (horizontal direction) of the screen 10 is the X direction
  • the vertical direction (vertical direction) is the Y direction
  • the thickness direction of the screen 10 is the Z direction.
  • the screen of the screen 10 is parallel to the XY plane
  • the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 10 is orthogonal to the screen of the screen 10 .
  • the +X direction is the direction toward the right side in the horizontal direction as viewed from the observer O1 positioned in the front direction of the image source side of the screen 10
  • the +Y direction is the direction toward the upper side in the vertical direction
  • the back side (back side) in the thickness direction is appropriately provided and shown in each figure shown below including FIG.
  • the horizontal direction (horizontal direction) of the screen 10 is the X direction
  • the vertical direction (vertical direction) is the Y direction
  • the thickness direction of the screen 10 is the Z direction.
  • the screen of the screen 10 is parallel to the XY plane
  • the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 10 is orthogonal to
  • the up-down direction of the screen, the left-right direction of the screen, and the thickness direction refer to the up-down direction of the screen (vertical direction), the left-right direction of the screen (horizontal direction), It is the thickness direction (depth direction) and is parallel to the Y direction, X direction, and Z direction, respectively.
  • the image source LS is an image projection device that projects the image light L0 onto the screen 10, and is, for example, a short focus type projector.
  • the image source LS is a DLP projector using a high-pressure mercury lamp as a light source.
  • image sources using other light sources such as lasers and LEDs may be used depending on the desired optical performance, the usage environment of the image display device 1, and the like.
  • This image source LS is located at the center of the screen 10 in the horizontal direction when the screen (display area) of the screen 10 is viewed from the front (the direction normal to the screen surface) when the image display device 1 is in use. , and positioned below the screen of the screen 10 in the vertical direction.
  • the screen surface refers to a surface in the plane direction of the screen when the screen is viewed as a whole.
  • the screen surface of the screen 10 is parallel to the screen (XY plane) of the screen 10 .
  • the image source LS obliquely projects the image light L0 from a position in which the distance from the surface of the screen 10 in the depth direction (Z direction) is much shorter than that of a conventional general-purpose projector positioned in the front direction of the screen of the screen. can. Therefore, compared to conventional general-purpose projectors, the image source LS has a short projection distance to the screen 10, a large incident angle at which the projected image light L0 enters the screen 10, and a change in the incident angle (from the minimum value to The amount of change up to the maximum value) is also large.
  • the screen 10 reflects a part of the image light L0 projected by the image source LS toward the observer O1 positioned in the front direction on the image source side (+Z side), thereby displaying an image to the observer O1, It is a semi-transmissive reflective screen that partially transmits.
  • the screen 10 has transparency, and the observer O1 can observe the scenery on the far side ( ⁇ Z side) through the screen 10 .
  • the screen (display area) of the screen 10 has a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the observer O1 side, and the long side direction is the horizontal direction of the screen when in use.
  • the screen 10 has a diagonal screen size of about 40 to 100 inches, and a screen aspect ratio of 16:9.
  • the screen 10 is not limited to this, for example, the shape viewed from the observer O1 side may be another shape, the screen size may be less than 40 inches, the purpose of use, the environment of use, etc. Its size and shape can be selected as appropriate.
  • the screen 10 of the present embodiment is integrally joined (or partially fixed) to a support plate (not shown) via a joining layer (not shown) on the back side to maintain the flatness of the screen.
  • the support plate is a plate-shaped member having high rigidity, and a plate-shaped member made of resin such as acrylic resin or PC (polycarbonate) resin, glass, or the like can be used.
  • the screen 10 has transparency as in the present embodiment, it is preferable that the support plate also has transparency.
  • the screen 10 is not limited to this, and the screen 10 may be configured such that its four sides are supported by a frame member or the like (not shown) so as to maintain its flatness.
  • the image display device 1 of the present embodiment can be applied to indoor partitions, image display at exhibitions and the like, show windows of stores and the like, and the support plate can be appropriately selected according to the intended use. .
  • FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the layer structure of the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
  • the point A which is the center of the screen (the geometric center of the screen) of the screen 10 is parallel to the vertical direction of the screen (Y direction) and perpendicular to the screen surface (in the Z direction). Parallel) is shown by enlarging a part of the cross section.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating the first optical shape layer 12.
  • FIG. 3 the first optical shape layer 12 is viewed from the rear side ( ⁇ Z side), and the reflective layer 13 and the like are omitted for easy understanding. As shown in FIG.
  • the screen 10 includes a light control layer 16, a bonding layer 17a, a first base material layer 11, and a first optical shape in order from the image source side (+Z side) in the thickness direction (Z direction). It includes a layer 12, a reflective layer 13, a second optical shape layer 14, a second substrate layer 15, and the like.
  • the first base material layer 11 is a light-transmitting sheet-like member, and the first optically shaped layer 12 is integrally formed on the back side ( ⁇ Z side) thereof.
  • the first substrate layer 11 is a layer that serves as a substrate (base) for forming the first optically shaped layer 12 .
  • the first base material layer 11 is made of, for example, a polyester resin such as PET (polyethylene terephthalate) having high light transmittance, an acrylic resin, a styrene resin, an acrylic/styrene resin, a PC (polycarbonate) resin, an alicyclic polyolefin resin, or TAC. It is made of (triacetyl cellulose) resin or the like.
  • the first optical shape layer 12 is a layer having optical transparency formed on the back side ( ⁇ Z side) of the first substrate layer 11 .
  • a plurality of unit optical shapes (unit lenses) 121 are arranged and provided on the back side ( ⁇ Z side) surface of the first optical shape layer 12 .
  • the unit optical shape 121 is a partial shape (arc shape) of a perfect circle, and a plurality of unit optical shapes 121 are arranged concentrically around a point C located outside the screen (display area) of the screen 10. ing. That is, the first optically shaped layer 12 has a circular Fresnel lens shape with a so-called offset structure with the point C as the center (Fresnel center) on its back side.
  • the point C is the center of the screen in the horizontal direction. , and is positioned outside and below the screen, and points C and A are positioned on the same straight line extending in the Y direction.
  • the unit optical shape 121 is parallel to the direction perpendicular to the screen surface (the Z direction) and has a substantially triangular cross-sectional shape in a cross section parallel to the arrangement direction of the unit optical shape 121.
  • the unit optical shape 121 is convex on the back side ( ⁇ Z side) and has a first slope (lens surface) 121a on which image light is incident and a second slope (non-lens surface) 121b that intersects with the first slope. ing.
  • the first slope 121a is positioned above (+Y side) the second slope 121b across the vertex t1.
  • the angle formed between the first slope 121a and a plane parallel to the screen plane (XY plane) is ⁇ .
  • the angle between the second slope 121b and the plane parallel to the screen surface is ⁇ .
  • the angles ⁇ and ⁇ satisfy the relationship ⁇ > ⁇ .
  • first slope 121a and the second slope 121b of the unit optical shape 121 are formed with fine and irregular uneven shapes.
  • the uneven shape is formed by irregularly arranging convex shapes and concave shapes in two-dimensional directions, and the convex shapes and concave shapes are irregular in size, shape, height, and the like.
  • the arrangement pitch of the unit optical shapes 121 is P, and the height of the unit optical shapes 121 (dimension from the vertex t1 in the thickness direction to the bottom point t2 between the unit optical shapes 121) is h. 2 and the like, the arrangement pitch P and the angles ⁇ and ⁇ of the unit optical shapes 121 are shown to be constant in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121. As shown in FIG. However, although the unit optical shapes 121 of this embodiment actually have a constant arrangement pitch P, as the angle ⁇ moves away from the Fresnel center point C in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 (shown in FIG. 2 It gradually (continuously) increases toward the upper side in the cross section.
  • the arrangement pitch P may gradually change along the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121, or the arrangement pitch P, angle ⁇ , or the like may be changed along the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121. may be changed stepwise.
  • the angles ⁇ and ⁇ , the array pitch P, and the like are determined by the projection angle of the image light from the image source LS (the incident angle of the image light to the screen 10), the size of the pixels of the image source LS, and the screen of the screen 10. It may be set appropriately according to the size, the refractive index of each layer, and the like.
  • unit optical shapes 121 may extend in the horizontal direction (X direction) of the screen, and linear Fresnel lens shapes arranged in the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen may be formed. Further, a plurality of unit prisms having a substantially triangular cross-sectional shape and extending in the horizontal direction (X direction) of the screen as a ridgeline direction may be arranged in the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen.
  • the first optically shaped layer 12 is made of UV curable resin such as urethane acrylate, polyester acrylate, epoxy acrylate, polyether acrylate, polythiol, butadiene acrylate, etc., having high light transmittance.
  • UV curable resin such as urethane acrylate, polyester acrylate, epoxy acrylate, polyether acrylate, polythiol, butadiene acrylate, etc.
  • an ultraviolet curable resin will be described as an example. You may form with resin.
  • the reflective layer 13 is a semi-transmissive reflective layer that partially reflects and partially transmits incident light, and is a so-called half mirror.
  • the reflective layer 13 is formed on the unit optical shape 121, that is, on the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b.
  • the reflective layer 13 is provided between and adjacent to the first optically shaped layer 12 and the second optically shaped layer 14 .
  • the reflective layer 13 has a surface on the image source side (surface on the side of the first optically shaped layer 12) and a surface on the back side (surface on the side of the second optically shaped layer 14) having fine and irregular uneven shapes. It is a face.
  • the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b are formed with fine uneven shapes, and the reflective layer 13 is formed following the fine uneven shapes. This is because the thickness of the reflective layer 13 is sufficiently thinner than the unevenness of the fine unevenness.
  • the reflective layer 13 has the function of diffusely reflecting part of the incident light through fine and irregular irregularities and transmitting at least part of the other non-reflected light without diffusion.
  • the reflectance and transmittance of the reflective layer 13 can be appropriately set according to the desired optical performance. From the viewpoint of good reflection of image light and good transmission of light other than image light (for example, light from the outside such as sunlight), the reflectance and transmittance of the reflective layer 13 are set to 30 to 30. Desirably, the reflectance is about 80% and the reflectance is about 5 to 60%.
  • the reflective layer 13 is made of a highly light-reflective metal such as aluminum, silver, nickel, or chromium.
  • the reflective layer 13 is not limited to this, and is formed by, for example, sputtering a metal with high light reflectivity as described above, transferring a metal foil, or applying a paint containing a thin metal film. may be
  • the reflective layer 13 may be formed by vapor deposition of a dielectric multilayer film or a dielectric single-layer film that has high transparency, low light absorption loss, and high reflectance.
  • the reflective layer 13 of this embodiment is formed by evaporating chromium, and the reflective layer 13 alone has a reflectance of about 5% and a transmittance of about 50%.
  • an example in which the reflective layer 13 is formed on the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b of the unit optical shape 121 is shown. It is good also as a form formed in a part.
  • the second optical shape layer 14 is a layer having optical transparency provided adjacent to the back side ( ⁇ Z side) of the reflective layer 13 .
  • the second optical shape layer 14 is filled so as to sufficiently fill the valleys between adjacent unit optical shapes 121, and the rear surface of the second optical shape layer 14 is flat parallel to the screen surface. It has a planar shape.
  • Such a second optical shape layer 14 can improve the light transmittance of the screen 10 and protect the reflective layer 13 . Also, by providing the second optically shaped layer 14, the second substrate layer 15 and the like are easily laminated.
  • the refractive index of the second optically shaped layer 14 is equal to that of the first optically shaped layer 12, or has a small refractive index difference to the extent that it can be regarded as being equal.
  • the second optically shaped layer 14 may be formed using the same resin as the first optically shaped layer 12, or may be formed using a different resin.
  • the second optically shaped layer 14 of the present embodiment is made of the same UV curable resin as the first optically shaped layer 12 and has the same refractive index as that of the first optically shaped layer 12 .
  • the second base material layer 15 is a sheet-like member having optical transparency, and is integrally laminated on the back side of the second optical shape layer 14 .
  • the second base layer 15 includes, for example, polyester resin such as PET (polyethylene terephthalate) having high light transmittance, acrylic resin, styrene resin, acrylic/styrene resin, PC ( Polycarbonate) resin, alicyclic polyolefin resin, TAC (triacetyl cellulose) resin, or the like.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • acrylic resin acrylic resin
  • styrene resin acrylic/styrene resin
  • PC Polycarbonate
  • alicyclic polyolefin resin alicyclic polyolefin resin
  • TAC triacetyl cellulose
  • the bonding layer 17a is a layer having a function of integrally bonding the light control layer 16 and the first base layer 11 together.
  • an adhesive material, an adhesive material, or the like having high optical transparency can be used.
  • the light control layer 16 is a layer located closer to the image source side (+Z side) than the first base material layer 11 in the thickness direction, and diffuses and transmits light incident from a specific angle range, It is a layer that has the function of transmitting light incident from an area without diffusing it.
  • the light control layer 16 is integrally provided on the image source side (+Z side) of the first base material layer 11 via a bonding layer 17a.
  • 4A and 4B are diagrams for explaining the light control action of the light control layer 16.
  • FIG. 4 shows a cross section of the light control layer 16 parallel to the vertical direction of the screen (Y direction) and the thickness direction (Z direction).
  • the image source side (+Z side) surface and the back side ( ⁇ Z side) surface of the light control layer 16 are parallel to the screen surface (XY plane), and the dashed straight line H is It is a straight line orthogonal to the surface of the light control layer 16 on the image source side and the surface on the back side.
  • the light control layer 16 diffuses light incident from the air on the image source side (+Z side) at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 to the rear side ( ⁇ Z side). and transmits the light incident at an incident angle within the second incident angle range R2, which is an incident angle other than the first incident angle range R1, to the rear side without diffusing. Further, in the cross section shown in FIG. 4, the light control layer 16 diffuses the incident light from the air on the back side ( ⁇ Z side) at an incident angle within the third incident angle range R3 to the image source side (+Z side). side), and has a function of transmitting the light incident at an incident angle within the fourth incident angle range R4, which is an incident angle other than the third incident angle range R3, to the image source side without diffusing. .
  • the first incident angle range R1 includes the main incident angle range of the image light L0 projected from the image source LS and incident on the screen 10 (light control layer 16).
  • the first incident angle range R1 is a range of 25° or more and 55° or less downward ( ⁇ Y side) with respect to the straight line H on the image source side (+Z side).
  • the light control layer 16 diffuses light incident on an arbitrary point on the surface on the image source side from the lower side in the vertical direction of the screen at an incident angle of 25° or more and 55° or less to the rear side ( ⁇ Z side).
  • the second incident angle range R2 is an angle other than the first incident angle range R1 on the image source side of the light control layer 16 .
  • the third incident angle range R3 is a range of 25° or more and 55° or less upward (+Y side) with respect to the straight line H on the rear side ( ⁇ Z side).
  • the light control layer 16 diffuses light incident on an arbitrary point on the back side surface from the upper side in the vertical direction of the screen at an incident angle of 25° or more and 55° or less to the image source side (+Z side).
  • the fourth incident angle range R4 is an angle other than the third incident angle range R3 on the rear surface side of the light control layer 16 .
  • the light control layer 16 diffuses and transmits light incident at an incident angle of 25° or more and 55° or less from the bottom side of the screen in the vertical direction at any point on the surface on the image source side, and diffuses and transmits light from other angle ranges. Transmits incident light without diffusing it.
  • the light control layer 16 diffuses and transmits light that is incident from the upper side in the vertical direction of the screen at an arbitrary point on the back side surface at an incident angle of 25° or more and 55° or less, and is incident from other angle ranges. Transmits light without diffusing it.
  • the haze value (diffuse transmittance) of the light incident on the light control layer 16 from the image source side at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 and emitted to the rear side is preferably 80% or more. It is preferable that the haze value of the light incident on the light control layer 16 from the back side at an incident angle within the third incident angle range R3 and emitted to the image source side be the same.
  • the haze value is expressed as a ratio of diffuse transmittance to total light transmittance, and means the diffusion rate of light in transmitted light.
  • the haze value of the light control layer 16 can be measured by a haze meter (HM-150 manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory).
  • the transmittance when light is incident at this angle is defined as the total light transmittance.
  • the diffuse transmittance is defined as the ratio of the light emitted with a spread of 2.5° or more.
  • the haze value (diffuse transmittance) of the light incident on the light control layer 16 from the image source side at an incident angle within the second incident angle range R2, especially the light incident at an incident angle of 0° and emitted to the back side is preferably low, ideally 0%. It is preferable that the haze value of light incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the fourth incident angle range R4 is also the same.
  • a plurality of transparent resin layers having different refractive indices are laminated in a predetermined thickness in a predetermined direction, and the irradiation direction of ultraviolet rays during curing of each layer is changed.
  • a view control film (for example, view control film Y-2555 manufactured by Lintec Corporation) is suitable.
  • the screen 10 of the present embodiment does not include a light diffusion layer containing a diffusion material such as particles that diffuse light, and the light control layer 16 has a specific angle range (first incident angle). Only the light incident at the incident angles within the angle range R1 and the third incident angle range R3) is diffused, and is diffusely reflected by the minute irregularities on the surface of the reflective layer 13 .
  • the combined thickness of the bonding layer 17a and the first base layer 11, that is, the image source side (+Z side) surface of the first optical shape layer 12 in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 10 , and the rear surface ( ⁇ Z side) of the light control layer 16 is preferably 0.5 mm or less.
  • the distance D1 is 0.5 mm or less, blurring of the image can be suppressed, and clarity of the image can be improved. Therefore, the distance D1 is preferably within the above range.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 shows an enlarged part of a cross section similar to the cross section of the screen 10 shown in FIG. Also, in FIG. 5, for ease of understanding, it is assumed that there is no refractive index difference between the layers.
  • the image light L11 projected from the image source LS positioned below the screen 10 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 and is diffused to pass through the bonding layer 17a and the first base material layer. 11 and enters the first optical shaped layer 12 .
  • the image light L12 which is a part of the image light L11, is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13 of the first slope 121a of the unit optical shape 121 and emitted to the image source side (+Z side).
  • the image light L12 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle in the fourth incident angle range R4 (in particular, an incident angle of 0° and near 0°) from the rear side. Since the light is incident at a corresponding angle, it is emitted to the image source side without being diffused by the light control layer 16 and reaches the observer O1 side.
  • the image light L12 enters the light control layer 16 within the first incident angle range R1 and is diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13 .
  • the image light L12 is preferably diffused, and the screen 10 can display an image with a sufficient viewing angle.
  • the image light L12 is diffused by the light control layer 16 when incident on the screen 10 and is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13, so that it is diffused twice at different positions in the thickness direction of the screen 10.
  • FIG. As a result, the screen 10 can reduce image glare (speckle) and suppress image blurring (decrease in resolution) due to excessive diffusion.
  • the image light L11 is projected from below the screen 10, and the angle ⁇ (see FIG. 2) is larger than the incident angle of the image light L11 at each point in the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen 10. , the image light L11 does not directly enter the second slope 121b, and the second slope 121b does not contribute to the reflection of the image light.
  • a part of the image light L13 of the image light L11 is transmitted through the reflection layer 13 toward the back side, and is transmitted through the second optical shape layer 14 and emitted upward toward the back side.
  • the image light L13 reaches the ceiling on the back side, it causes reflection of the image on the ceiling.
  • the image light L13 is diffused by the light control layer 16, and even when the image light L13 reaches the ceiling, a clear image is not reflected on the ceiling.
  • External light such as sunlight and illumination light other than image light entering the screen 10 from the rear side ( ⁇ Z side) or the image source side (+Z side) will be described.
  • External light G11 and G12 which are the majority of the external light with a small incident angle to the screen 10, enter the screen 10, pass through the reflective layer 13, and exit toward the rear side and the image source side, respectively.
  • the screen 10 does not include a layer (light diffusion layer) containing a diffusion material such as particles that diffuse light, and the external light G11 enters the light control layer 16 at a second incident angle from the image source side.
  • the external light G12 enters the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the range R2 from the back side at an incident angle corresponding to an angle within the fourth incident angle range R4.
  • the external lights G11 and G12 are transmitted through the screen 10 without being diffused by the light control layer 16 . Therefore, when the observers O1 and O2 observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 10 through the screen 10, they can observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 10 without blurring or whitening. 10 can exhibit high transparency.
  • part of the external light G13 incident on the screen 10 from above the image source side part of the external light (not shown) is reflected by the surface of the screen 10, travels downward, and reaches the observers O1 and O2. does not reach.
  • the external light G13 since the external light G13 is incident on the light control layer 16 from the image source side at an incident angle within the second incident angle range R2, it passes through the light control layer 16 without being diffused and passes through the screen 10. Go to the back side.
  • Part of the external light G14 of the external light G13 is reflected by the reflective layer 13, travels downward on the image source side of the screen 10, is emitted downward on the image source side of the screen 10, or The light is totally reflected by the surface on the source side, travels downward inside the screen 10 again, and is attenuated.
  • a part of the external light G15 of the external light G13 is transmitted through the reflective layer 13 and emitted downward on the back side of the screen 10, and does not reach the observers O1 and O2.
  • Part of the external light G16 incident on the screen 10 from above the rear side is reflected by the surface of the screen 10, travels downward, and does not reach the observers O1 and O2.
  • Part of the external light G17 out of the external light G16 enters the screen 10 and is diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13, but is emitted upward on the rear side, so that it does not reach the observers O1 and O2.
  • Part of the external light G18 of the external light G16 is transmitted through the reflective layer 13 and emitted downward on the image source side.
  • This external light G18 may be diffused by the light control layer 16 depending on the angle at which it is incident on the light control layer 16 from the rear side, but is emitted downward from the screen 10 and does not reach the observers O1 and O2. , the effect of diffusion on the image contrast is small. Therefore, the screen 10 can suppress deterioration of image contrast due to external light incident from the upper side of the image source side or the upper side of the back side.
  • a conventional reflective screen provided with a light diffusing layer containing a diffusing material such as particles for diffusing light at a position corresponding to the light control layer 16 of the screen 10 of the present embodiment
  • image light passes through the reflective layer.
  • the light is diffused by the light diffusion layer twice, before and after being reflected by the reflection layer. Therefore, the image light is excessively diffused, resulting in image blurring (decrease in resolution).
  • the image light is not diffused after being diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13, so that a high-resolution image can be displayed.
  • the light diffusion layer also diffuses unnecessary external light, so that the observers O1 and O2 observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 10 through the screen 10.
  • the scenery on the other side of the screen 10 is blurred or whitened, and the transparency of the screen is lowered and the contrast of the image is lowered.
  • the screen 10 does not have such a light diffusion layer, and most of the external light is transmitted through the screen without being diffused, or diffused. Also, as shown in FIG. 5, the light exits outside the visible range of the observers O1 and O2.
  • the present embodiment it is possible to suppress the glare of the image, and suppress the blurring of the image (decrease in resolution) to display a clear image. Moreover, according to the present embodiment, unnecessary external light is not diffused and reaches the observer, so that a high-contrast image can be displayed and the screen can be made highly transparent. Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress reflection of an image on the ceiling or the like caused by the image light transmitted through the reflective layer 13 .
  • Example 1 a screen corresponding to an example of the screen 10 of the present embodiment and a screen of a comparative example were prepared, and the effect of reducing image glare, image clarity, and the like were evaluated.
  • the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 each have a screen size of 40 inches.
  • the light control layer 16 of Example 1 is a view control film Y-2555 manufactured by Lintec Corporation.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 1 includes a first substrate layer 11, a first optically shaped layer 12, a reflective layer 13, a second optically shaped layer 14, and a second substrate layer 15 similar to the screen 10 of the embodiment.
  • the bonding layer 17a and the light control layer 16 are not provided.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 2 corresponds to a mode in which a light diffusion layer, not the light control layer 16, is laminated on the image source side of the first base material layer 11 via the bonding layer 17a.
  • This light diffusion layer is a layer made of resin containing particles that diffuse light, and has the characteristic of diffusing light regardless of the incident angle of light. Therefore, the screen of Example 1 and the screens of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 have the same configuration from the first substrate layer 11 to the second substrate layer 15, but the presence or absence of the light control layer 16 is different. It's becoming
  • the details of the layers common to the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 are as follows.
  • the first base material layer 11 is made of polycarbonate resin with a refractive index of 1.59 and has a thickness of 0.075 mm.
  • the first optical shape layer 12 is made of an ultraviolet curable resin (urethane acrylate) with a refractive index of 1.51, and its thickness changes in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 depending on the height h of the unit optical shapes 121. However, it is 0.01 mm at the center of the lower edge of the screen and 0.14 mm at the center of the upper edge of the screen.
  • the reflective layer 13 is made of chromium and has a thickness of several nanometers.
  • the second optical shape layer 14 is made of an ultraviolet curable resin (urethane acrylate) with a refractive index of 1.51, and its thickness changes in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 depending on the height h of the unit optical shapes 121. However, it is 0.14 mm at the center of the lower edge of the screen and 0.01 mm at the center of the upper edge of the screen.
  • the second base material layer 15 is made of polycarbonate resin with a refractive index of 1.59 and has a thickness of 0.075 mm.
  • the speckle contrast, peak gain, peak brightness, total light transmittance, and haze value were each measured, and visual evaluation was performed to determine the glare and clarity of the image, the screen
  • the transparency of the image, the presence or absence of reflection of images on the ceiling (so-called ceiling ghost), etc. were evaluated.
  • the total light transmittance and the haze value were also measured for the light control layer 16 of the screen of Example 1 and the light diffusion layer of Comparative Example 2, respectively.
  • Methods for measuring speckle contrast, peak gain, peak luminance, total light transmittance, haze value, etc. are described below.
  • FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the positions of each screen, image source LS, luminance meter K, observer O3, and the like during measurement of peak luminance and the like and visual evaluation.
  • FIG. 6A shows the positions of each screen, the image source LS, the luminance meter K, and the observer O3 when measuring the peak luminance and the like as viewed from the side (+X side).
  • FIG. 6B shows the positions of each screen, the image source LS, the luminance meter K, and the observer O3 when measuring the peak luminance and the like as viewed from above (+Y side).
  • the luminance meter K and the observer O3 are shown shifted in the Z direction for easy understanding.
  • the speckle contrast corresponds to a value obtained by dividing the standard deviation ⁇ of the surface light intensity distribution in a predetermined area by the average value I of the surface light intensity distribution in the predetermined area when the screen is irradiated with monochromatic light. The smaller the value, the smaller the speckle is evaluated.
  • NEDO New Energy and Industrial Technology Development Organization
  • the speckle contrast is measured from the image source LS using a measuring machine (Dr.
  • a method of calculating the peak gain is as follows. First, the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were placed in a darkroom environment, and a white screen was projected on the entire surface by an image source LS (PJWX-4152N manufactured by Ricoh Co., Ltd.), as shown in FIG. The luminance at point A, which is the center of the screen, was measured from a position 1 m away from point A in the +Z direction using a luminance meter K (BM-9 manufactured by Topcon Corporation). The measurement with the luminance meter K was performed by finely adjusting the position of the luminance meter K, setting the position where the highest luminance was obtained, and measuring the maximum luminance Lmax (cd/m 2 ).
  • a 10 cm square having sides parallel to the screen horizontal direction and the screen vertical direction centering on the point A which is the center of the screen of the screen of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 A member is cut out as a sample of each screen, and the total light transmittance and haze value at point A are measured using this sample.
  • the total light transmittance is the transmittance of light incident at an incident angle of 0°.
  • the total light transmittance was measured using a screen sample according to JIS K7316 with a haze meter (HM-150 manufactured by Murakami Color Laboratory Co., Ltd.). During measurement, the sample was placed so that the image source side (observer side) of the screen in use was on the sensor side of the haze meter.
  • the haze value is the ratio of the diffuse transmittance to the total light transmittance for light incident at an incident angle of 0°. Measured with HM-150 manufactured by Shiki Kenkyusho Co., Ltd. During measurement, the sample was placed so that the image source side (viewer side) of the screen in use was on the sensor side of the haze meter. The light control layer 16 of the screen of Example 1 and the light diffusion layer of the screen of Comparative Example 2 were also measured for total light transmittance and haze value using the above-described methods.
  • Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were visually evaluated for the presence or absence of image glare, the clarity of the image, the transparency of the screen, and the presence or absence of reflection of the image on the ceiling.
  • the glare of the image in a darkroom environment with respect to the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2, in a state where a white screen is projected from the image source LS, from the point A which is the center of the screen of each screen Observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of the screen from a position 1 m away from the image source side (+Z side).
  • Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were subjected to projection of a still image (white characters on a black background) from the image source LS in a darkroom environment.
  • An observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of the screen from a position 1 m away from the central point A on the image source side (+Z side).
  • Regarding the transparency of the screen in a bright room environment (illuminance of 700 lx at point A, which is the center of the screen), without projection of image light from the image source, from point A, which is the center of the screen of each screen
  • Observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of the screen from a position 1 m away from the image source side (+Z side).
  • the presence or absence of the reflection of the image on the ceiling was determined in a darkroom environment with respect to the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 by obtaining a still image (white characters on a black background) from the image source LS. is projected, the image light transmitted through each screen reaches the ceiling located 1.5 m above (+Y side) on the back side (-Z side) of each screen and observes the displayed image. and evaluated.
  • the observer O3 is positioned 1 m from the point A, which is the center of the screen of each screen, toward the image source side (+Z side).
  • the ceiling was observed and evaluated. In each evaluation, there were three observers O3, and the evaluation results were taken as the average.
  • Table 1 shows the evaluation results of the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2. Table 1 also shows the transmittance and haze of the light control layer 16 and the light diffusion layer used in Example and Comparative Example 2.
  • glare is indicated by ⁇ when the glare of the image is not visually recognized, indicated by ⁇ when the glare is within the allowable range but is slightly visible, and is visually uncomfortable. It was indicated by x as being unacceptable.
  • the clarity of the image is indicated by ⁇ when a clear image without image blur is visually recognized, and by ⁇ when there is a little image blur but is sufficiently clear.
  • x indicates that the image is blurred and is not suitable for use.
  • the transparency is indicated by ⁇ when the transparency is high, and when the transparency is slightly inferior to the good but has sufficient transparency in use, it is indicated by ⁇ . Poor transparency, such as the other side looking white and turbid, was indicated by x as being unsatisfactory.
  • the presence or absence of reflection of the image on the ceiling is indicated by ⁇ when the image pattern projected on the ceiling cannot be recognized by the image light transmitted through the screen.
  • the overall evaluation is based on the speckle contrast Cs (G), peak gain, peak luminance, transmittance, glare and clarity of images by visual evaluation, screen transparency, and image quality on the ceiling for each screen. This is an evaluation that takes into consideration all reflections, etc., and if the image glare is reduced, the image is clear, the transparency is sufficient, and the reflection of the image on the ceiling is not recognizable, it is evaluated as good. Those that are inferior to good but usable are indicated by ⁇ , and those that are not suitable for use are indicated by x.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 1 which does not have the light control layer 16 on the image source side of the first base material layer 11, has a high peak gain and brightness, and the brightness of the image is sufficient. It is also clear and has good transparency, but the image glare occurs, which is not preferable. Moreover, in the screen of Comparative Example 1, the reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen is visually recognized, which is not preferable. In addition, in the screen of Comparative Example 2, which has a light diffusion layer on the image source side of the first base material layer 11, the speckle contrast Cs (G) is the smallest, and even in visual evaluation, there is no glare in the image. effectively suppressed.
  • the screen of Example 1 also has a speckle contrast Cs (G) of less than 0.05, and the glare of the image can be sufficiently reduced even by visual evaluation.
  • G speckle contrast
  • sufficient peak gain and peak luminance were secured, and in visual evaluation, the image was clear and sufficiently transparent, and no reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen was visually recognized.
  • the screen 10 and the image display device 1 capable of displaying a clear image and reducing the glare of the image. Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparency of the screen 10 can be sufficiently ensured while having the above effects. Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen.
  • FIG. 7 is a diagram showing the layer structure of the screen 20 of the second embodiment.
  • a point (a point corresponding to point A shown in FIG. 1) that is the center of the screen (the geometric center of the screen) of the screen 20 is passed through, and A part of the cross section parallel to the direction (Y direction) and orthogonal to the screen surface (parallel to the Z direction) is shown enlarged.
  • the screen 20 of the second embodiment has a thicker portion on the back side than the reflective layer 13, and the light control layer 30 is provided on the back side of the second base material layer 25 via the bonding layer 17c.
  • the screen 10 is different from the screen 10 shown in the above-described first embodiment except for the points, but otherwise has the same form as the above-described first embodiment. Therefore, in the following description, portions that perform the same functions as those of the first embodiment described above are denoted by the same reference numerals or the same reference numerals at the end thereof, and overlapping explanations are omitted as appropriate.
  • the screen 20 of the second embodiment includes the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the first substrate, and the image source side (+Z side) in order in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 20.
  • a material layer 11 , a first optically shaped layer 12 , a reflective layer 13 , a second optically shaped layer 14 , a second substrate layer 25 , a bonding layer 17 c and a light control layer 30 are provided.
  • This screen 20 can be applied to the video display device 1 in place of the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
  • the combined thickness of the bonding layer 17a and the first base layer 11, that is, the image source side (+Z side) of the first optical shape layer 12 in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 10 ) and the rear surface side ( ⁇ Z side) surface of the light control layer 16 is preferably 0.5 mm or less from the viewpoint of reducing image blur.
  • the second base material layer 25 of the present embodiment is thicker than the second base material layer 15 of the first embodiment, and has sufficient rigidity to maintain the flatness of the screen surface of the screen 20. . Therefore, the screen 20 can sufficiently maintain flatness as the screen 20 without being joined to a support plate or the like (not shown) shown in the first embodiment. It should be noted that the support plate as described above may be joined to the back side of the screen 20 via a joining layer (not shown) to further improve the flatness of the screen surface.
  • a plate-shaped member made of highly transparent acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, glass, or the like is preferably used for the second base material layer 25 .
  • the thickness of the second base material layer 25 is preferably about 3 to 8 mm, and can be appropriately selected according to the screen size of the screen 20 and the like.
  • the screen 20 of the present embodiment can The distance D2 from the back side ( ⁇ Z side) surface of the second optical shape layer 14 is from the back side ( ⁇ Z side) surface of the light control layer 16 to the image source side (+Z side) of the first optical shape layer 12. ) is greater than the distance D1 to the surface of That is, the shortest distance from the image source side (+Z side) surface of the light control layer 30 to the reflective layer 13 is longer than the shortest distance from the back side ( ⁇ Z side) surface of the light control layer 16 to the reflective layer 13. big. As a result, the distance D1 can be reduced while ensuring a thickness that allows the flatness of the screen 20 to be maintained.
  • the distance from the light control layer 16 to the reflective layer 13 can also be reduced, the image light incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 is diffused by the light control layer 16 to form the screen 20.
  • image blur such as double images caused by the position reflected by the reflective layer 13 being separated.
  • the thickness of the second base material layer 25 is greater than that of the reflective layer 13. Thickness on the back side increases. Therefore, in such a screen, the image light incident on the light control layer 16 at an angle within the first incident angle range R1 is diffused, and spreads widely as it travels toward the rear side within the screen. A portion of the image light is totally reflected at the interface with the air on the back side of the screen, travels toward the image source, and emerges from the screen toward the observer. Decrease in quality. Also, part of the image light that has passed through the reflective layer 13 causes reflection of the image on the ceiling, as described above. In order to improve these, the screen 20 of this embodiment has the light control layer 30 on the back side ( ⁇ Z side) of the second base material layer 25 .
  • the joining layer 17c is a layer having a function of joining the second base material layer 25 and the light control layer 30 together.
  • an adhesive material, a pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like having high optical transparency can be used.
  • the light control layer 30 is a light absorption layer that partially absorbs and partially transmits incident light.
  • the light modulating layer 30 of the present embodiment is a film that can control the amount of transmitted light by changing the applied voltage, and absorbs at least part of the incident light to reduce the amount of transmitted light, i.e. , has the function of controlling the transmittance of light.
  • the light control layer 30 of this embodiment is a guest-host type liquid crystal cell using a dichroic dye, and is a liquid crystal cell that changes the amount of transmitted light by an electric field applied to the liquid crystal.
  • the light control layer 30 is configured by sandwiching a liquid crystal layer 36 between a film-like second laminate 30B for liquid crystal and a first laminate 30A for liquid crystal.
  • the second laminate for liquid crystal 30B is formed by laminating a transparent electrode 32B, an alignment layer 33B, and bead spacers 34 on a substrate 31B.
  • the first laminate for liquid crystal 30A is formed by laminating a transparent electrode 32A and an alignment layer 33A on a substrate 31A.
  • the light control layer 30 is formed of a liquid crystal material of a guest-host liquid crystal composition provided in the liquid crystal layer 36 by driving the transparent electrodes 32A and 32B provided in the first liquid crystal laminate 30A and the second liquid crystal laminate 30B. orientation is changed, thereby changing the amount of transmitted light.
  • Various transparent resin films can be applied to the substrates 31A and 31B, but a transparent resin film having a small optical anisotropy and a transmittance of 80% or more in the visible wavelength range (380 to 800 nm) is used. should be applied.
  • Materials for the transparent resin film include, for example, acetylcellulose resins such as triacetylcellulose (TAC), polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyethylene (PE), and polypropylene (PP).
  • TAC triacetylcellulose
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PE polyethylene
  • PP polypropylene
  • polystyrene, polymethylpentene, EVA and other polyolefin resins polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride and other vinyl resins, acrylic resins, polyurethane resins, polysulfone (PEF), polyethersulfone (PES), polycarbonate ( PC), polysulfone, polyether (PE), polyetherketone (PEK), (meth)acrylonitrile, cycloolefin polymer (COP), cycloolefin copolymer and the like.
  • Resins such as polycarbonate (PC), cycloolefin polymer (COP), and polyethylene terephthalate (PET) are particularly preferable as materials for the transparent resin film.
  • Transparent resin films of various thicknesses can be applied to the substrates 31A and 31B.
  • the transparent electrode (first electrode) 32A and the transparent electrode (second electrode) 32B are composed of a transparent conductive film laminated on a transparent resin film.
  • the transparent conductive film various transparent electrode materials that are applied to this type of transparent resin film can be applied, and an oxide-based transparent metal thin film having a total light transmittance of 50% or more can be used. . Examples include tin oxide, indium oxide, and zinc oxide.
  • Tin oxide (SnO 2 )-based materials include Nesa (tin oxide SnO 2 ), ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide), and fluorine-doped tin oxide.
  • Indium oxide (In 2 O 3 )-based materials include indium oxide, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), and IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide).
  • Zinc oxide (ZnO) systems include zinc oxide, AZO (aluminum-doped zinc oxide), and gallium-doped zinc oxide.
  • the transparent conductive film is formed of ITO (Indium Tin oxide).
  • spherical bead spacers 34 are used as spacers.
  • the bead spacers 34 are provided to define the thickness (cell gap) of the liquid crystal layer 36 excluding the outer peripheral portion.
  • the bead spacers 34 can be widely applied with inorganic materials such as silica, organic materials, core-shell structures combining these materials, and the like.
  • the shape of the bead spacer 34 may be a rod shape such as a columnar shape or a prismatic shape, in addition to the spherical configuration described above.
  • the spacers that define the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 36 are not limited to the bead spacers 34.
  • a photoresist is applied to the substrate 31A or 31B, exposed to light, and developed to form a cylindrical shape.
  • a photoresist is applied to the substrate 31A or 31B, exposed to light, and developed to form a cylindrical shape.
  • the spacers are provided in the second liquid crystal laminate 30B is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the first liquid crystal laminate 30A and the second liquid crystal laminate 30B , or may be provided only in the first liquid crystal laminate 30A.
  • the alignment layers 33A and 33B are films for aligning liquid crystal molecules in a certain direction.
  • the alignment layers 33A and 33B may be in the state of the alignment films themselves, or may be manufactured by subjecting them to alignment treatment such as photo-alignment treatment or rubbing treatment, or they may be produced by shaping fine line-shaped irregularities. may be used to produce an alignment layer.
  • the method of manufacturing the alignment layers 33A and 33B is not limited to the method described above, and different methods may be used as appropriate.
  • rubbing polyimide resin layers are used as the alignment layers 33A and 33B.
  • the light modulating layer 30 has the orientation layers 33A and 33B.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the orientation layers 33A and 33B may not be provided.
  • a guest-host liquid crystal composition using a dichroic dye composition can be widely applied to the liquid crystal layer (liquid crystal material as a light modulating material) 36 .
  • the guest-host liquid crystal composition contains a chiral agent, and the liquid crystal material is horizontally aligned (aligned parallel to the plane direction of the light control layer 30 and aligned in a direction orthogonal to the thickness direction of the liquid crystal layer 36).
  • the liquid crystal layer 36 may be oriented in a spiral shape in the thickness direction.
  • a sealing material 35 is arranged so as to surround the liquid crystal layer 36 .
  • the sealing material 35 holds the first liquid crystal laminate 30A and the second liquid crystal laminate 30B together, thereby preventing leakage of the liquid crystal material.
  • a thermosetting resin such as an epoxy resin or an acrylic resin, an ultraviolet curable resin, or the like can be applied.
  • the light-modulating layer 30 is configured by horizontally aligning the alignment layers 33B and 33A with an alignment regulating force related to pretilt in a certain direction so that the alignment of the guest-host liquid crystal composition when light is shielded is formed when no electric field is applied.
  • normally dark means a structure in which the transmittance is minimized when no voltage is applied to the liquid crystal, resulting in a black screen.
  • normally clear is a structure in which the transmittance is maximized and the liquid crystal becomes transparent when no voltage is applied to the liquid crystal.
  • the light modulating layer 30 may be configured as normally clear so that the orientation at the time of light blocking is formed at the time of voltage application.
  • the light modulating layer 30 of the present embodiment is a guest-host type liquid crystal cell, it may be configured as a liquid crystal cell that does not use a dichroic dye composition. In this case, by further providing a linear polarizing layer, it can be made to function as a light control cell.
  • Various driving methods such as TN (Twisted Nematic) method, VA (Vertical Alignment) method, and IPS (In-Plane-Switching) method are known as driving methods of liquid crystal. It can be selected and used.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagram showing how the liquid crystal material of the light control layer 30 is oriented.
  • the transparent electrodes 32A and 32B, the alignment layers 33A and 33B, and the liquid crystal material (the liquid crystal composition 36a and the dichroic dye 36b) are shown for easy understanding. indicates the time when light is shielded (no voltage application), and FIG. 8(b) indicates the time when light is transmitted (when voltage is applied). Since the light-modulating layer 30 of the present embodiment is normally dark, as shown in FIG.
  • the liquid crystal composition 36a and the dichroic dye 36b are horizontally aligned in one direction, that is, the long axis direction of the liquid crystal composition 36a and the dichroic dye 36b is in one direction and parallel to the transparent electrodes 32A and 32B and the alignment layers 33A and 33B. (the so-called horizontal direction).
  • the so-called horizontal direction most of the light incident on the light modulating layer 30 (lights La and Lb shown in FIG. 8A) is absorbed by the dichroic dye 36b regardless of the incident angle, and the transmittance is reduced to It becomes the minimum light blocking state.
  • the light control layer 30 of the present embodiment is normally dark, as shown in FIG. 36b is vertically aligned in one direction, that is, the long axis direction of the liquid crystal composition 36a and the dichroic dye 36b is in one direction, and the transparent electrodes 32A, 32B and the alignment layers 33A, 33B and oriented in the vertical direction (the so-called vertical direction).
  • the light incident on the light control layer 30 light La that is incident at a small incident angle such as an incident angle of 0° or near 0° is transmitted through the liquid crystal layer 36 (light control layer 30).
  • the light absorptivity of the dichroic dye increases, and most of the light Lb incident on the light control layer 30 obliquely at a large incident angle is absorbed by the dichroic dye 36b. is absorbed by the light, and the transmittance is greatly reduced. That is, the light modulating layer 30 has a higher absorptivity for light incident at a large incident angle than for light incident at a small incident angle such as 0° or near 0°.
  • the light modulating layer 30 has a high transmittance for light in a direction parallel to its thickness direction (Z direction), and as the incident angle increases, the transmittance decreases, and the light transmittance increases obliquely to the thickness direction.
  • a state of low transmittance is obtained for light incident from a direction at a large incident angle.
  • such a state of the light modulating layer 30 is referred to as a translucent state.
  • the large incident angle is defined as an incident angle of 40° or more.
  • the following effects can be obtained.
  • the light-modulating layer 30 When the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-shielding state, the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs a large amount of light regardless of the incident angle, resulting in a black screen state. Therefore, by projecting the image light from the image source LS onto the screen 20 with the light control layer 30 in the light shielding state, the black luminance of the image can be lowered and the contrast of the image can be greatly improved.
  • the screen 20 does not have the light control layer 30, the image light transmitted through the reflection layer 13 is totally reflected by the air interface on the back side of the screen 20 and emitted from the surface on the image source side.
  • the light modulating layer 30 of the screen 20 can absorb the image light that causes such double images, thereby greatly suppressing the image blur such as double images. display a clear image. Furthermore, since the light modulating layer 30 absorbs the image light that passes through the reflection layer 13 and travels upward on the back side of the screen 20, reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen 20 can be greatly suppressed.
  • the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the external light such as sunlight and illumination light that enters from above the back side of the screen 20 at a large incident angle. , the transparency of the screen 20 in the front direction of the screen 20 can be sufficiently ensured. Therefore, the screen 20 is prevented from fogging (haze) caused by external light, and can improve its transparency.
  • image light is projected with the light-modulating layer 30 in a light-transmitting state, much of the external light that enters from above the rear side of the screen 20 at a large angle of incidence is absorbed by the light-modulating layer 30 .
  • the image contrast can be improved.
  • the effects of suppressing image blurring and suppressing reflection of images on the ceiling as described above are lower than in the light-shielded state, they can be expected.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 20 of the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 shows an enlarged part of a cross section similar to the cross section of the screen 20 shown in FIG. Further, in FIG. 9, the configuration of the light control layer 30 is omitted for easy understanding. In addition, in FIG. 9, in order to facilitate understanding, it is assumed that there is no refractive index difference between the layers.
  • the image light L21 projected from the image source LS positioned below the screen 20 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 and diffused to pass through the bonding layer 17a and the first base material layer. 11 and enters the first optical shaped layer 12 .
  • the image light L22 which is a part of the image light L21, is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13 of the first slope 121a of the unit optical shape 121 and emitted to the image source side (+Z side).
  • the image light L22 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the fourth incident angle range R4 (in particular, an incident angle of 0° and near 0°) from the rear side. Since the light is incident at a corresponding angle, it is emitted to the image source side without being diffused by the light control layer 16 and reaches the observer O1 side.
  • the image light L22 enters the light control layer 16 within the first incident angle range R1 and is diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13 .
  • the image light L22 is preferably diffused, and the screen 20 can display an image with a sufficient viewing angle.
  • the image light L22 is diffused by the light control layer 16 when incident on the screen 20 and is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13, so that it is diffused twice at different positions in the thickness direction of the screen 20.
  • the screen 20 can reduce image glare (speckle) and suppress image blurring (decrease in resolution) due to excessive diffusion.
  • a part of the image light L23 of the image light L21 is transmitted through the reflection layer 13 toward the rear side, and transmitted through the second optical shape layer 14 to the surface of the light control layer 30 on the image source side. incident obliquely.
  • Most of such image light L23 is absorbed by the light control layer 30 regardless of whether the light control layer 30 is in the light transmitting state or the light blocking state. Therefore, such image light L23 prevents the image from being displayed on the back side, and can suppress reflection of the image on the ceiling.
  • the screen 20 does not include a layer (light diffusion layer) containing a diffusion material such as particles for diffusing light, the reflection layer 13 does not diffuse transmitted light, and external light G21 diffuses light.
  • the external light G22 is incident on the control layer 16 from the image source side at an incident angle within the second incident angle range R2, and the external light G22 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an angle within the fourth incident angle range R4 from the rear side. Incident at a corresponding angle of incidence. Therefore, such outside lights G21 and G22 pass through the screen 20 without being diffused and are emitted to the rear side and the image source side, respectively, as shown in FIG.
  • part of the external light G23 incident on the screen 20 from above on the image source side part of the external light (not shown) is reflected on the surface of the screen 40, but travels downward to reach the observers O1 and O2. do not have.
  • most of the external light G23 enters the light control layer 16 from the image source side at an incident angle within the second incident angle range R2. Head inside to the back side.
  • Part of the external light G24 of the external light G23 is reflected by the reflective layer 13, travels downward on the image source side of the screen 20, and is emitted downward on the image source side of the screen 20, or The light is totally reflected by the surface on the source side, travels downward inside the screen 20 again, and is attenuated.
  • Part of the external light G26 that enters the screen 20 from above the back side is reflected by the surface of the light control layer 30 on the back side and travels downward on the back side of the screen, so that it reaches the observers O1 and O2. do not have. Also, most of the external light G26 is absorbed by the liquid crystal layer 36 of the light control layer 30 .
  • the screen 20 can suppress fogging (haze) of the screen 20 due to external light incident from above the image source side or from the upper back side.
  • observers O1 and O2 positioned in the front direction on the back side observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 20 through the screen 20, the scenery on the other side of the screen 20 is observed without blurring or whitening. and the screen 20 can exhibit high transparency.
  • image light is projected with the light control layer 30 in a light-transmissive state, the transparency of the screen 20 can be maintained while suppressing a decrease in contrast due to external light and reducing image glare.
  • the present embodiment as in the first embodiment, it is possible to suppress the glare of the image, and to suppress the blurring of the image such as the double image (decrease in resolution). It can display clear images, does not diffuse unnecessary external light, and can display images with high contrast and transparency. In particular, when image light is projected with the light modulating layer 30 in the light shielding state, a clear image with high contrast can be displayed. Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, image blurring such as double images can be suppressed while improving the flatness of the screen surface.
  • the present embodiment it is possible to appropriately select and set the light control layer 30 to be in a light transmitting state or a light blocking state according to the image to be displayed and the usage environment of the screen 20 or the like, so convenience is achieved. can be improved. Furthermore, according to this embodiment, it is possible to further suppress reflection of the image on the ceiling or the like on the back side of the screen.
  • the third embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the screen 40 includes the light control layer 30 shown in the second embodiment and the translucent substrate layer 48 .
  • This screen 40 can be applied to the image display device 1 in place of the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
  • portions that perform the same functions as those of the first and second embodiments described above are denoted by the same reference numerals or the same reference numerals at the end thereof, and overlapping descriptions are omitted as appropriate.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the layer structure of the screen 40 of the third embodiment.
  • the screen 40 includes, in order from the image source side (+Z side) in the thickness direction (Z direction), the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the translucent substrate layer 48, the bonding layer 17b, It includes a first substrate layer 11, a first optically shaped layer 12, a reflective layer 13, a second optically shaped layer 14, a second substrate layer 15, a bonding layer 17c, a light control layer 30, and the like.
  • the screen 40 is not bonded to a support plate or the like. A support plate or the like may be joined. By laminating such a support plate on the screen 40, the flatness of the screen surface can be further improved.
  • the bonding layer 17b is a layer having a function of integrally bonding the translucent substrate layer 48 and the first base layer 11 together.
  • an adhesive material, an adhesive material, or the like having high optical transparency can be used.
  • the translucent substrate layer 48 is a plate-shaped member with high translucency.
  • the translucent substrate layer 48 is thicker than the first base layer 11, the second base layer 15, and the like, and has a rigidity sufficient to maintain the flatness of the screen surface of the screen 40.
  • the translucent substrate layer 48 is provided on the image source side of the first base material layer 11 via the bonding layer 17b.
  • Such a translucent substrate layer 48 is preferably made of highly translucent acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, glass, or the like.
  • the translucent substrate layer 48 has a thickness of 3 mm or more and 8 mm or less from the viewpoint of maintaining sufficient flatness of the screen surface.
  • the thickness of the translucent substrate layer 48 is selected according to the screen size of the screen, etc., and so as to satisfy a preferable range of the distance D1, which will be described later.
  • the distance from the surface on the back side ( ⁇ Z side) of the light control layer 16 to the surface on the image source side (+Z side) of the first optical shape layer 12 D1 is greater than the distance D2 from the image source side surface of the light control layer 30 to the back side surface of the second optical shape layer 14 .
  • the distance D1 is more than 0.5 mm and 8 mm or less.
  • the bonding layer 17c is a layer having a function of bonding the second base material layer 15 and the light control layer 30 together.
  • an adhesive material, a pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like having high optical transparency can be used.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 40 of the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 11 shows an enlarged part of a cross section similar to the cross section of the screen 40 shown in FIG. Further, in FIG. 11, the configuration of the light control layer 30 is omitted for easy understanding. Furthermore, FIG. 11 shows that there is no refractive index difference between layers for easy understanding.
  • image light will be described.
  • the image light L41 projected from the image source LS positioned below the screen 40 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 and diffused to pass through the bonding layer 17a and the translucent substrate layer. 48 , the bonding layer 17 b , and the first substrate layer 11 to enter the first optically shaped layer 12 .
  • the image light L42 which is a part of the image light L41, is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13 of the first slope 121a of the unit optical shape 121 and emitted to the image source side (+Z side).
  • the image light L42 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the fourth incident angle range R4 (in particular, an incident angle of 0° and near 0°) from the back side. Since the light is incident at a corresponding angle, it is emitted to the image source side without being diffused by the light control layer 16 and reaches the observer O1 side.
  • the image light L42 enters the light control layer 16 within the first incident angle range R1 and is diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13 .
  • the image light L42 is preferably diffused, and the screen 40 can display an image with a sufficient viewing angle.
  • the image light L42 is diffused by the light control layer 16 when incident on the screen 40, and is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13. Therefore, the image light L42 is diffused twice at different positions in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 40. .
  • the screen 40 can reduce image glare (speckle) and suppress image blurring (decrease in resolution) due to excessive diffusion.
  • the screen 40 includes the translucent substrate layer 48, and the distance D1 from the back side surface of the light control layer 16 to the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer 12 is sufficiently ensured as described above. Therefore, the effect of reducing the glare (speckle) of the image can be further enhanced, and the clarity of the image can be maintained. Moreover, since the translucent substrate layer 48 is provided, the flatness of the screen surface can be improved and the distortion of the image can be reduced.
  • part of the image light L43 of the image light L41 passes through the reflection layer 13 and travels toward the rear side, passes through the second optical shape layer 14 and the like, travels upward toward the rear side, and reaches the light control layer 30.
  • the image light L43 which has a large incident angle (this In the embodiment, most of light incident at an incident angle of 40° or more is absorbed by the liquid crystal layer 36 .
  • the image light L43 is absorbed by the light control layer 30, so that reflection of the image on the ceiling can be greatly reduced.
  • the light modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the incident light regardless of the angle of incidence on the light modulating layer 30 . Therefore, in the case where the light control layer 30 is not provided, image blur such as a double image caused by the total reflection of the image light L43 at the air interface on the back side of the screen and emitted to the image source side can be prevented. It can be greatly suppressed and a clear image can be displayed. In addition, it is possible to suppress the display of a left-right reversed image on the back side of the screen 40 by such image light L43.
  • the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of light with a large incident angle (light with an incident angle of 40° or more). Therefore, most of the light having a large incident angle with respect to the light control layer 30 is absorbed by the light control layer 30 in the image light L43. Therefore, when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, the effect of reducing image blurring such as double images as described above can be obtained. Are better.
  • the light control layer 30 when the light control layer 30 is in a light blocking state with respect to external light such as sunlight and illumination light other than image light incident on the screen 40 from the back side ( ⁇ Z side) or the image source side (+Z side), Each of the light-transmitting states will be described.
  • the light modulating layer 30 When the light modulating layer 30 is in the light blocking state, the light modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the incident light regardless of the incident angle to the light modulating layer 30 . Therefore, the external light G41 and G42 having a small incident angle to the screen 40 enters the screen 40 from above the image source side at a large incident angle (in this embodiment, the incident angle is 40° or more) and is transmitted through the reflective layer 13.
  • the screen 40 does not include a layer (light diffusion layer) containing a diffusion material such as particles that diffuse light, and the reflection layer 13 does not diffuse transmitted light.
  • G42 pass through the screen 40 without being diffused, and are emitted to the rear side and the image source side, respectively, as shown in FIG.
  • part of the external light G43 incident on the screen 40 from above on the image source side (not shown) is reflected on the surface of the screen 40, and travels downward toward the screen, thereby illuminating the viewers O1 and O2. does not reach Most of the external light G43 is incident on the screen 40, and part of the external light G44 is reflected by the reflective layer 13 and travels downward on the image source side of the screen 40, and downward on the image source side of the screen 40. The light is emitted, or it is totally reflected by the surface of the screen 40 on the image source side and directed downward inside the screen 40 again to be attenuated.
  • Part of the external light G45 of the external light G43 passes through the reflective layer 13 and enters the light control layer 30 toward the lower side of the screen 40 on the back side.
  • the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs external light G45 that forms a large incident angle with respect to the light-modulating layer 30 .
  • the external light G46 that enters the screen 40 from above the back side enters the light control layer 30 at a large angle of incidence.
  • the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the light incident at a large incident angle (in this embodiment, the incident angle is 40° or more). Most of the light G46 is absorbed by the light modulating layer 30 .
  • part of the external light G46 is reflected by the back surface of the light control layer 30, it travels downward on the back side of the screen and does not reach the observers O1 and O2.
  • the screen 40 can suppress fogging (haze) of the screen 40 due to external light incident from above the image source side or from the upper back side.
  • observers O1 and O2 positioned in the front direction on the back side observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 40 through the screen 40, the scenery on the other side of the screen 40 can be observed without blurring or whitening. and the screen 40 can exhibit high transparency.
  • image light is projected with the light modulating layer 30 in a light-transmissive state, the transparency of the screen 40 can be maintained while suppressing deterioration of image contrast due to external light.
  • the image light is not diffused after being diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13, so the screen 40 can display a high-resolution image.
  • the screen 40 can maintain its transparency, and can significantly suppress a decrease in image contrast due to diffusion of external light.
  • the image light transmitted through the reflective layer 13 is diffused by the light control layer 16 and absorbed by the light control layer 30, so that the image on the ceiling or the like on the back side of the screen 40 is reflected. can greatly improve the reflection of
  • the distance D1 from the back side surface of the light control layer 16 to the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer 12 in the thickness direction is equal to the image source of the light control layer 30. It is greater than the distance D2 from the side surface to the back side surface of the second optical shaped layer 14 .
  • the screen 40 can ensure a sufficient distance between the light control layer 16 in which the image light is diffused and the reflective layer 13 in the thickness direction (Z direction), thereby reducing image glare. The effect can be further enhanced.
  • the screen 40 of the present embodiment includes the translucent substrate layer 48, the flatness of the screen 40 can be improved and image distortion can be suppressed.
  • Example 2 which corresponds to the example of the screen 40 of the third embodiment
  • the screens of Comparative Examples 3 to 7 which correspond to comparative examples, were prepared, and the effect of reducing the glare of the image and the clarity of the image were obtained. It was evaluated with respect to The screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7 all have a screen size of 40 inches.
  • the screen of Example 2 corresponds to an example of the screen 40 of the present embodiment, and includes the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the translucent substrate layer 48, the bonding layer 17b, the first base material layer 11, the first optical A shaped layer 12 , a reflective layer 13 , a second optically shaped layer 14 , a second substrate layer 15 , a bonding layer 17 c and a light control layer 30 are provided.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 3 has the same translucent substrate layer 48, bonding layer 17b, first substrate layer 11, first optically shaped layer 12, reflective layer 13, and second optically shaped layer as in the screen 40 of the present embodiment. 14, the second base material layer 15, the bonding layer 17c, and the light control layer 30 are provided, but the bonding layer 17a and the light control layer 16 are not provided.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 4 corresponds to a mode in which a light diffusion layer, not the light control layer 16, is laminated on the image source side of the first base material layer 11 via the bonding layer 17a.
  • This light diffusion layer is a layer made of resin containing particles that diffuse light, and has the characteristic of diffusing light regardless of the incident angle of light.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 5 includes the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the translucent substrate layer 48, the bonding layer 17b, the first base layer 11, the first optical shape layer 12, the same as the screen 40 of this embodiment. Although the reflective layer 13, the second optical shape layer 14, and the second base material layer 15 are provided, the bonding layer 17c and the light control layer 30 are not provided.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 6 includes the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the first base material layer 11, the first optically shaped layer 12, the reflective layer 13, the second optically shaped layer 14, the same as the screen 40 of the present embodiment. Although the second base material layer 15, the bonding layer 17c, and the light control layer 30 are provided, the translucent substrate layer 48 and the bonding layer 17b are not provided.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 7 has the same translucent substrate layer 48, bonding layer 17b, first substrate layer 11, first optically shaped layer 12, reflective layer 13, and second optically shaped layer 14 as in the screen 40 of the embodiment. , the second substrate layer 15 is provided, but the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the bonding layer 17c, and the light control layer 30 are not provided.
  • the details of the layers common to the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7 are as follows.
  • the first base material layer 11 is made of a polycarbonate resin having a refractive index of 1.59 and a thickness of 0.075 mm.
  • the first optical shape layer 12 is made of an ultraviolet curable resin (urethane acrylate) with a refractive index of 1.51, and its thickness changes in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 depending on the height h of the unit optical shapes 121. However, it is 0.01 mm at the center of the lower edge of the screen and 0.14 mm at the center of the upper edge of the screen.
  • the reflective layer 13 is made of chromium and has a thickness of several nanometers.
  • the second optical shape layer 14 is made of an ultraviolet curable resin (urethane acrylate) with a refractive index of 1.51, and its thickness changes in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 depending on the height h of the unit optical shapes 121. However, it is 0.14 mm at the center of the lower edge of the screen and 0.01 mm at the center of the upper edge of the screen.
  • the second base material layer 15 is made of polycarbonate resin with a refractive index of 1.59 and has a thickness of 0.075 mm.
  • the light control layer 16 of the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 5 and 6 is a visual field control film Y-2555 manufactured by Lintec Corporation.
  • the translucent substrate layer 48 of the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 5 and 7 is made of acrylic resin, and has a thickness of 6 mm and a refractive index of 1.49.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing each screen, the image source LS, the positions of the observer O3, etc. at the time of visual evaluation.
  • FIG. 12A shows the positions of each screen, image source LS, and observer O3 at the time of visual evaluation as viewed from the side (+X side).
  • FIG. 12(b) shows the positions of each screen, image source LS, and observer O3 at the time of visual evaluation as viewed from above (+Y side).
  • the installation position of the image source LS is a position according to the instruction manual of the image source LS used, and the incident angle ⁇ of the image light at the point A in the cross section shown in FIG. 50°.
  • the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7 were projected in a darkroom environment with a still image (white characters on a black background) from the image source LS.
  • An observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of each screen from a position 1 m from the center point A on the image source side (+Z side).
  • the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7 were tested in a bright room environment (illuminance of 700 lx at point A at the center of the screen) without projection of an image from the image source.
  • Observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of each screen from a position of 1 m on the image source side (+Z side) from point A, which is the center of each screen.
  • the presence or absence of the reflection of the image on the ceiling was determined by displaying a still image (white characters on a black background) from the image source LS in a darkroom environment for the screens of Examples and Comparative Examples 1 to 5.
  • the image light transmitted through each screen reached the ceiling 1.5 m above (+Y side) on the back side (-Z side) of each screen and observed the displayed image. evaluated.
  • the observer O3 can see the above ceiling from a position 1 m away from the center point A of the screen on the image source side (+Z side). was observed and evaluated.
  • Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7 were allowed to display a still image (white lattice pattern on a black background) from the image source LS in a darkroom environment, and the screen of each screen was An observer O3 observed the central portion of each screen from a position 1 m away from the center point A on the image source side (+Z side), and visually evaluated the distortion of the display pattern. In each evaluation, there were three observers O3, and the evaluation results were taken as the average.
  • Table 2 shows the evaluation results of the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3-7.
  • glare is indicated by ⁇ when the glare of the image is not visually recognized, indicated by ⁇ when the glare is within the allowable range but is slightly visible, and is visually uncomfortable. It was indicated by x as being unacceptable.
  • the clarity of the image is indicated by ⁇ when a clear image without image blur including double images is visually recognized.
  • the transparency of the screen is indicated by ⁇ when the transparency is high, and by ⁇ when the transparency is slightly inferior to the good but sufficient transparency for use.
  • the result was marked as unsatisfactory.
  • the presence or absence of reflection of the image on the ceiling is indicated by ⁇ when the image pattern projected on the ceiling cannot be recognized by the image light transmitted through the screen.
  • the image pattern was recognizable but unclear compared to , it was indicated by ⁇ , and when the image pattern was clearly recognizable, it was indicated by ⁇ .
  • the contrast feeling is indicated by ⁇ when the display of the entire black pattern is perceived as black, and is indicated by ⁇ when the blackness is inferior to good but can be recognized as being within the allowable range. , and those that were inferior to acceptable and felt discomfort in blackness were indicated by x as failure.
  • the presence or absence of distortion in the image was indicated by ⁇ when the lattice pattern was perceived as uniform, and by x when the linearity was inferior to good and the impression of non-uniformity was perceived as unacceptable.
  • the overall evaluation is an evaluation that considers visual glare and image clarity, screen transparency, image reflection on the ceiling, contrast, and image distortion for each screen.
  • the images should have reduced glare, be clear and sufficiently transparent, should not be reflected on the ceiling, should have a high contrast, and should not be distorted.
  • those that are inferior to good but usable are indicated by ⁇ , and those that are not suitable for use are indicated by ⁇ .
  • the screen of Comparative Example 3 which did not have the light control layer 16, displayed a clear image, had a good contrast feeling, had no distortion in the image, had transparency of the screen, and could not be seen from the ceiling. Although the effect of reducing image reflection was obtained, the image glare occurred, which is not preferable. Further, in the screen of Comparative Example 4, in which the light diffusion layer instead of the light control layer 16 is provided on the image source side of the first base material layer 11, glare in the image is effectively suppressed. There was no distortion, and the reflection of images on the ceiling was well reduced. However, in the screen of Comparative Example 4, the image was dark and unclear (large image blur), and the transparency and contrast of the screen were greatly reduced. This is probably because the light diffusion layer diffuses light irrespective of the incident angle of the light, so external light such as illumination light is also diffused.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 5 had no glare in the image, no distortion in the image, good reduction in reflection of the image on the ceiling, and sufficient transparency of the screen.
  • image blurring such as double images occurred, the clarity of the image was lowered, and the contrast was also lowered, which was not preferable.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 6 was excellent in the clarity of the image and the reduction of reflection of the image on the ceiling, and the transparency of the screen, the suppression of the glare of the image, and the contrast were sufficient.
  • the screen of Comparative Example 6 did not include the translucent substrate layer 48, the distortion of the image was large, which was not preferable.
  • the clarity of the image and the absence of distortion of the image were good, and the transparency of the screen was sufficient. This was not preferable because the contrast was greatly reduced.
  • the screen of Example 2 was able to greatly reduce the glare of the image, had no image distortion, and had sufficient image clarity, screen transparency, and contrast.
  • the reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen was not visually recognized, which was greatly improved.
  • by setting the light control layer 30 in the light shielding state it is possible to display an image with a better sense of contrast.
  • the flatness of the screen surface can be improved, and good images without distortion can be displayed.
  • the screen 40 is provided with the translucent substrate layer 48, but this is not restrictive, and the first substrate layer 11 does not have the translucent substrate layer 48 and has a sufficient thickness. and rigidity.
  • the distance D1 from the back side surface of the light control layer 16 to the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer 12 in the thickness direction of the screen 40 is It is preferable that the distance D2 from the surface on the source side to the surface on the back side of the second optical shape layer 14 is greater than D1, and the distance D1 is greater than 0.5 mm and 8 mm or less to reduce image clarity and image glare. It is preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining both effects of reduction.
  • the transparency of the screen can be maintained, and reflection of images on the ceiling on the back side of the screen can be improved.
  • the number of layers constituting the screen can be reduced more than in the above-described embodiment, the reflection loss of light at the interface is reduced, the transparency of the screen is improved, the brightness of the image is improved, etc. can be achieved.
  • the fourth embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the screen 70 does not include the light control layer 16 but includes the light control layer 30 .
  • This screen 70 can be applied to the image display device 1 in place of the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
  • portions that perform the same functions as those of the first and second embodiments described above are given the same reference numerals or the same reference numerals at the end thereof, and duplicate descriptions thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram showing the layer structure of the screen 70 of the fourth embodiment. In FIG.
  • the screen 70 includes the first substrate layer 11, the first optical shape layer 12, the reflective layer 13, the second It includes an optical shape layer 14, a second base material layer 15, a bonding layer 17c, a light control layer 30, and the like.
  • the light control layer 30 has the same shape as the light control layer 30 shown in the second embodiment and the like. Here, the light modulating layer 30 will be further described.
  • This light modulating layer 30 is normally dark, and in the transmissive state (when an electric field is applied), as described above, the transmittance of light at an incident angle of 0° is maximized, and the transmittance increases as the incident angle increases. rate drops.
  • the colored layer which is a general light absorption layer that contains a coloring material or the like having a light absorption action, absorbs part of the incident light and transmits part of it, has a front transmittance (incident angle
  • the rate of decrease in the transmittance of light incident from an oblique direction is small relative to the transmittance of light incident at 0 and emitted at an emission angle of 0°.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining a method of measuring the change in transmittance depending on the incident angle in Samples 1 to 3.
  • a sample 1 corresponding to the light control layer 30 of the present embodiment, a sample 2 corresponding to the colored layer as a comparative example, and a sample 3 as an LCD panel as a comparative example were each prepared in a dark room environment. is laminated on a plate-shaped member (acrylic plate) E1 made of acrylic resin having high light transmittance, and light is irradiated from the light source E2 for measurement at a predetermined incident angle ⁇ 1 from the side of the acrylic plate E1.
  • a light receiver E3 (MCPD6800 spectroscope manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.) is placed in the direction of the output angle ⁇ 1 on the surface on the sample side, and the transmittance of the output light in the output angle ⁇ 1 direction is measured, and the front transmittance ( The decrease rate of the transmittance of light incident from an oblique direction with respect to the transmittance of light having an incident angle of 0° in the direction of an output angle of 0° was calculated. In this measurement, it is assumed that the light modulating layer 30, which is the sample 1, is in a translucent state in which a voltage is applied.
  • Sample 1 corresponds to an example of the light modulating layer 30 of this embodiment and has a thickness of 0.26 mm.
  • the substrates 31A and 31B are PET resin films having a thickness of 0.125 mm, and the transparent electrodes 32A and 32B are made of ITO.
  • the liquid crystal layer 36 is formed of a guest-host type liquid crystal composition using a dichroic dye composition.
  • This sample 1 has a front transmittance of 29% in the transmissive state.
  • Sample 2 is a sheet-like member made of acrylic resin containing a coloring material, and has a thickness of 1 mm. Sample 2 has a front transmittance of 2.3%.
  • Sample 3 is a normally white LCD panel that includes a liquid crystal layer driven by the TN method, and includes the same liquid crystal layer, transparent electrode, base material, etc. as the light control layer 30 of the present application. , and polarizing plates (not shown) are provided on the image source side and the back side thereof.
  • the LCD panel of this sample 3 has a horizontally long rectangular shape, and is laminated on the acrylic plate E1 so that the side surface seen from the direction parallel to the long side direction is shown in the state at the time of transmittance measurement shown in FIG. be.
  • the transmission axis of the polarizing plate when the panel surface is viewed from the front, the transmission axis of the polarizing plate (not shown) is 45° with respect to the vertical direction (short side direction) of the panel surface. has a front transmittance of 0.75%.
  • the sample 3 has a thickness of 1.6 mm.
  • FIG. 15 is a graph showing the rate of decrease in the transmittance of obliquely incident light with respect to the front transmittance of samples 1 to 3.
  • the vertical axis represents the reduction rate (%) of the transmittance of light incident from an oblique direction with respect to the front transmittance (the transmittance in the direction of the output angle of 0° for light with an incident angle of 0°), and the horizontal axis represents the incident angle. (°).
  • FIG. 15 shows the rate of decrease when the incident angle is 40° or more and 80° or less.
  • Table 3 is a table showing the rate of decrease in the transmittance of obliquely incident light with respect to the front transmittance for each incident angle of samples 1 to 3.
  • the decrease rate at the incident angle of 40° was 50.4%
  • the decrease rate at the incident angle of 50° was 59%.
  • the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 60° was 76.1%
  • the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 70° was 87.6%
  • the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 80° was 89.3%.
  • Sample 3 which is a comparative example, has a larger reduction rate than Sample 2, with a reduction rate of 58.5% at an incident angle of 40° and a reduction rate of 72.5% at an incident angle of 50°. 8%, the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 60° was 84.6%, the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 70° was 94.4%, and the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 80° was 97.3%.
  • the reduction rate at the incident angle of 40° was 71.7%, and the reduction rate at the incident angle of 50° was 81.7%. 1%, 90.5% at 60° incident angle, 95.6% at 70° incident angle, 96.8% at 80° incident angle, and 96.8% at 80° incident angle.
  • the rate of decrease was greater than that of Samples 2 and 3 in the range of 80° or more.
  • the rate of decrease in transmittance at an incident angle of 40° and an incident angle of 50° was about 21% greater for sample 1 than for sample 2.
  • Sample 1 has a transmittance decrease rate at an incident angle of 40° that is 13.2% larger than Sample 3, and a transmittance decrease rate at an incident angle of 50° is 8.0% greater than that of Sample 3. 3% larger.
  • the screen 70 including the light control layer 30 as in the present embodiment transmits light from the front direction while transmitting light from an oblique direction when the light control layer 30 is in a translucent state. It can effectively absorb and block light (in particular, light with an incident angle of 40° or more).
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 70 of the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 16 shows an enlarged part of a cross section similar to the cross section of the screen 70 shown in FIG. Further, in FIG. 16, the configuration of the light control layer 30 is omitted for easy understanding. Also, in FIG. 16, for ease of understanding, it is assumed that there is no refractive index difference between the layers.
  • the image light L71 projected from the image source LS positioned below the screen 70 passes through the first base material layer 11 and enters the first optical shape layer 12 .
  • the image light L72 which is a part of the image light L71, is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13 of the first slope 121a of the unit optical shape 121, emitted to the image source side (+Z side), and reaches the observer O1 side.
  • the image light L72 is diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13, and the screen 70 can display an image with a sufficient viewing angle.
  • the image light L71 is projected from below the screen 70, and the angle ⁇ (see FIG. 13) is larger than the incident angle of the image light L71 at each point in the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen 70.
  • the image light L71 does not directly enter the second slope 121b, and the second slope 121b does not contribute to the reflection of the image light.
  • part of the image light L73 of the image light L71 is transmitted through the reflection layer 13 and directed toward the back side, and is transmitted upward through the second optical shape layer 14 and the like, toward the light control layer 30. Incident.
  • the light-modulating layer 30 regardless of whether the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-blocking state or the light-transmitting state, the light, such as the image light L73, which is incident on the light-modulating layer 30 at a large angle of incidence, is light-modulated. It is absorbed in the liquid crystal layer 36 of layer 30 . When such image light L73 reaches the ceiling on the back side, it causes reflection of the image on the ceiling. However, in the screen 70 of the present embodiment, the image light L73 is absorbed by the light control layer 30, so that reflection of the image on the ceiling can be greatly reduced.
  • the image light L73 is absorbed by the light control layer 30, so that reflection of the image on the ceiling can be greatly reduced.
  • the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the incident light regardless of the angle of incidence on the light-modulating layer 30 . Therefore, in the case where the light control layer 30 is not provided, image blur such as a double image caused by total reflection of the image light L73 at the air interface on the back side of the screen and emitted to the image source side can be prevented. It can be greatly suppressed and a clear image can be displayed. In addition, it is possible to suppress the display of a left-right reversed image on the back side of the screen 70 by such image light L73.
  • the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the light with a large incident angle, that is, the light with an incident angle of 40° or more. Therefore, of the image light L ⁇ b>73 , most of the light having an incident angle of 40° or more with respect to the light control layer 30 is absorbed by the light control layer 30 . Therefore, even when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, the effect of reducing image blurring such as double images as described above can be obtained, but when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-shielding state Its effect is better.
  • the light control layer 30 when the light control layer 30 is in a light blocking state with respect to external light such as sunlight and illumination light other than image light incident on the screen 70 from the back side ( ⁇ Z side) or the image source side (+Z side), The description will be made separately for the translucent state.
  • the light modulating layer 30 When the light modulating layer 30 is in the light blocking state, the light modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the incident light regardless of the incident angle to the light modulating layer 30 . Therefore, external light G71 and G72 with a small incident angle on the screen 70, external light G75 that has entered the screen 70 from above the image source side at a large incident angle and has passed through the reflective layer 13, and large incident light on the screen 70 from above the back side.
  • the screen 70 does not include a layer (light diffusion layer) containing a diffusion material such as particles that diffuse light, and the reflection layer 13 does not diffuse transmitted light.
  • G72 pass through the screen 70 without being diffused, and exit to the rear side and the image source side, respectively.
  • part of the external light (not shown) is reflected on the surface of the screen 70. does not reach Most of the external light G73 is incident on the screen 70, and part of the external light G74 is reflected by the reflective layer 13 and directed downward on the image source side of the screen 70, and downward on the image source side of the screen 70. The light is emitted, or it is totally reflected by the surface of the screen 70 on the image source side, travels downward inside the screen 70 again, and is attenuated. A part of the external light G75 of the external light G73 is transmitted through the reflective layer 13 and enters the light control layer 30 toward the lower side of the back side of the screen 70 .
  • the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the light incident at a large incident angle (incidence angle of 40° or more). Absorbed at 30.
  • Part of the external light G76 is reflected by the back surface of the light control layer 30, but travels downward on the back side of the screen and does not reach the observers O1 and O2.
  • the screen 70 can suppress fogging (haze) of the screen 70 due to external light incident from above the image source side or from the upper back side.
  • the scenery on the other side of the screen 70 can be observed without blurring or whitening. and the screen 70 can exhibit high transparency.
  • image light is projected with the light modulating layer 30 in a light-transmissive state, the transparency of the screen 70 can be maintained while suppressing deterioration of image contrast due to external light.
  • a conventional reflective screen provided with a light diffusing layer containing a diffusing material such as particles that diffuse light
  • image light is reflected before and after reflection on the reflective layer by the light diffusing layer. Since the light is diffused twice, the image light is diffused excessively, resulting in image blurring (decrease in resolution).
  • the image light is not diffused after being diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13, so that a high-resolution image can be displayed.
  • the light diffusion layer also diffuses unnecessary external light, so that the transparency of the screen decreases and the contrast of the image decreases.
  • the screen 70 of this embodiment does not have such a light diffusion layer, and most of the outside light is transmitted through the screen without being diffused or is absorbed by the light control layer 30. Also, since the light is emitted outside the visible range of the observers O1 and O2, it is possible to greatly suppress the deterioration of the contrast of the image due to the diffusion of the outside light. Further, when the light modulating layer 30 is in a translucent state, the transparency of the screen 70 can be maintained.
  • the present embodiment it is possible to display a clear image by suppressing image blurring (decrease in resolution). Further, according to the present embodiment, image light transmitted through the reflective layer is reflected on the ceiling or the like, and such image light is totally reflected on the back surface of the screen and emitted to the image source side. It is possible to suppress the double image caused by In addition, according to the present embodiment, unnecessary external light is not diffused and reaches the observer, so that a high-contrast image can be displayed, and when the light control layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, A highly transparent screen can be obtained. Further, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to appropriately select and set the light control layer 30 to be in the light transmitting state or in the light blocking state according to the image to be displayed and the environment in which the screen 70 is used. can improve.
  • the fifth embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the screen 80 does not include the light control layer 16 but includes the light control layer 30 and translucent substrate layers 88 and 89 .
  • This screen 80 can be applied to the video display device 1 in place of the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
  • portions that perform the same functions as those of the first and second embodiments described above are denoted by the same reference numerals or the same reference numerals at the end thereof, and overlapping descriptions are omitted as appropriate.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the layer structure of the screen 80 of the fifth embodiment.
  • one cross-sectional view passes through the screen center (geometric center of the screen) of the screen 80, is parallel to the vertical direction of the screen (Y direction), and is perpendicular to the screen surface (parallel to the Z direction). part is enlarged.
  • the screen 80 includes, in the thickness direction (Z direction), the first substrate layer 11, the first optical shape layer 12, the reflective layer 13, the second It includes an optical shape layer 14, a second base material layer 15, a bonding layer 17c, a translucent substrate layer 88, a bonding layer 87a, a light control layer 30, a bonding layer 87b, a translucent substrate layer 89, and the like.
  • the light-transmitting substrate layers 88 and 89 are plate-shaped members having high light-transmitting properties and being thicker than the first base material layer 11, the second base material layer 15, and the like. 89 is preferably made of float glass or tempered glass depending on the required strength. Further, the translucent substrate layers 88 and 89 preferably have a thickness of 0.5 mm or more and 8 mm or less. The translucent substrate layer 88 is laminated on the image source side of the base material 31A via a bonding layer 87a, and the translucent substrate layer 89 is laminated on the back side of the base material 31B via a bonding layer 87b. .
  • the joining layers 87a and 87b an adhesive material or adhesive material having high light transparency, a sheet-shaped member having light transparency and adhesiveness, or the like can be used.
  • the bonding layers 87a and 87b may be made of an intermediate film forming sheet or the like made of polyvinyl butyral resin (PVB resin). That is, as shown in FIG. 17, in this embodiment, the light modulating layer 30 is sandwiched between two translucent substrate layers 88 and 89 via bonding layers 87a and 87b.
  • PVB resin polyvinyl butyral resin
  • the light-transmitting substrate layers 88 and 89 are larger than the light-modulating layer 30 when viewed from the thickness direction of the screen 80, and the outer edge of the light-transmitting layer 30 extends from the edge of the light-transmitting substrate layers 88 and 89.
  • the space up to the part may be filled with the bonding layers 87a and 87b.
  • the liquid crystal material of the liquid crystal layer 36 falls in the direction of gravity at high temperature, causing uneven distribution of the liquid crystal material, and the light control layer 30 is in the light shielding state or the light transmitting state. It is possible to reduce the unevenness of the transmittance distribution. Further, according to this embodiment, the flatness of the screen surface of the screen 80 can be improved by the two translucent substrate layers 88 and 89 . In this embodiment, the screen 80 does not include the light control layer 16, but the present invention is not limited to this. 16 may be provided.
  • the screen 80 shows an example in which the light control layer 30 is sandwiched between the light-transmitting substrate layers 88 and 89.
  • the screen 80 is not limited to this. A configuration in which one translucent substrate layer is laminated on the side may also be used.
  • the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 are provided with a hard coat layer for the purpose of preventing scratches on the surface of the image source side (+Z side) and the back side ( ⁇ Z side). good too.
  • the hard coat layer is formed, for example, by coating the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 on the image source side and the back side with an ultraviolet curable resin (for example, urethane acrylate, etc.) having a hard coat function. It is formed.
  • the surface of the image source side and the back side of the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 For example, one or a plurality of layers having appropriate necessary functions such as antireflection function, ultraviolet absorption function, antifouling function, and antistatic function may be selected and provided.
  • a touch panel layer or the like may be provided on the image source side of the light control layer 16 .
  • an antireflection layer is provided on the surface of the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 on the image source side, the reflection of image light on the screen surface is reduced to reduce the reflection of the image light on the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, .
  • the image light reflected by the reflective layer 13 is reflected at the interface with the air on the image source side and emitted to the back side. It is possible to prevent the image from being displayed as if it were leaking to the side.
  • the layers having various functions such as the hard coat layer may be provided on either the image source side or the back side of the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80. FIG.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing the layer structure of a modified screen 50. As shown in FIG. The screen 50 of this modified form corresponds to a modified form of the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 18 shows a cross section of a modified screen 50 corresponding to the cross section of the screen 10 of the first embodiment shown in FIG. A part of a cross section passing through the point and parallel to the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen and orthogonal to the screen surface (parallel to the Z direction) is shown enlarged.
  • the screen 50 of the modified form includes, in order from the image source side along the thickness direction, the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the first substrate layer 11, the first optically shaped layer 12, the reflective layer 53, and the second optically shaped layer. 54.
  • the reflective layer 53 is a layer having a function of reflecting light.
  • the reflective layer 53 is formed on at least part of the first slope 121a. In FIG. 18, the reflective layer 53 is formed on the first slope 121a and not on the second slope 121b. It is good also as a form carried out.
  • the reflective layer 53 is preferably formed on the first slope 121a by evaporating or sputtering a metal such as aluminum, silver, or nickel, or by transferring a metal foil.
  • the reflective layer 53 includes particles obtained by pulverizing a silver-based paint, an ultraviolet curable resin or a thermosetting resin containing silver-based pigments, beads, or the like, metal vapor-deposited films such as silver or aluminum, or metal foil, or the like. It is also possible to apply a paint or the like containing fine flakes by various coating methods such as spray coating, die coating, screen printing, and groove filling by wiping, and then cure the coating.
  • the second optical shape layer 54 is provided on the rear side ( ⁇ Z side) of the reflective layer 53 and the first optical shape layer 12 so as to cover them, like the second optical shape layer 14 of the embodiment. there is This second optical shape layer 54 has light absorption properties and does not have light transmission properties. Since the second optical shape layer 54 is in contact with the second slope 121b, it absorbs external light such as sunlight and illumination light incident on the second slope 121b from the image source side, thereby improving the contrast of the image. be able to. In addition, since the second optical shape layer 54 has light absorption properties, even when a support plate (not shown) disposed on the back side of the screen 50 has light transmission properties, external light incident from the back side A decrease in image contrast can be suppressed.
  • Such a second optical shape layer 54 is formed of a thermosetting resin or an ultraviolet curable resin containing dark pigments or dyes such as black, beads having a light absorbing action, carbon black, etc., or a dark color such as black. It is preferable to use a water-based paint, an organic paint, or the like.
  • the second optical shape layer 54 is arranged in the thickness direction of the screen 50 from the point t1, which is the vertex between the unit optical shapes 121, to the rear side thereof. It is preferable to have a sufficient dimension to the surface.
  • the screen 50 is joined to a support plate (not shown) via a joining layer (not shown).
  • the support plate is, for example, a plate-like member made of wood, glass, resin, or the like, and preferably does not have light transmittance. Also, an indoor wall or the like can be used as the support plate.
  • the second optical shape layer 54 does not have light absorption properties
  • a support plate (not shown) disposed on the back side of the screen has light absorption properties ( It may be in a form that does not have light transmittance), or a second base material layer that is a sheet-like resin layer that has light absorption properties may be provided on the back side of the second optical shape layer 54.
  • the second optical shape layer 54 and the second substrate layer may both have light absorption properties and may not have light transmission properties. Even in the screen 50 of such a modified form, a reflective screen 50 and an image display device capable of displaying a clear image and reducing the glare (speckle) of the image can be obtained.
  • the screen 40 of the third embodiment may be provided with the reflective layer 53 and the second optically shaped layer 54 but not with the light control layer 30 or the like, and may be an opaque screen having no transparency.
  • the light control layer 16 selectively diffuses incident light according to the incident angle in the vertical direction of the screen in a cross section parallel to the vertical direction of the screen and the thickness direction.
  • the light control layer 16 selectively diffuses incident light according to the incident angle in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 in a cross section parallel to the arrangement direction and thickness direction of the unit optical shapes 121. It is good also as a form which carries out.
  • the unit optical shapes 121 are arranged concentrically around the point C as in each embodiment, the optical performance of the light control layer 16 is also concentrically distributed. With such a configuration, the light can be diffused more effectively, and a sufficient viewing angle can be ensured for locations where the viewing angle tends to decrease, such as the left and right ends of the upper side of the screen.
  • the light control layer 16 shows an example in which the specific angle range for diffusing and transmitting incident light is constant in the cross section parallel to the vertical direction and thickness direction of the screen.
  • the specific angle range may change continuously or stepwise along the vertical direction of the screen.
  • the light control layer 16 may transmit light incident from the rear side ( ⁇ Z side) without diffusing it regardless of the incident angle. That is, the light control layer 16 may have a form that does not have the third incident angle range R3.
  • the screen 10 is provided on the image source side (+Z side) with respect to the reflective layer 13 as a light absorption layer that partially transmits and partially absorbs incident light.
  • a colored layer colored with a dark coloring material such as black or gray may be provided so as to have the same ratio.
  • the screen 10 by providing such a colored layer closer to the image source than the reflection layer 13, the light reflected at the interface with the air on the back side of the screen 10 is emitted to the image source side to form a double image. can be suppressed.
  • such a colored layer may be newly laminated on the image source side (+Z) of the light control layer 16.
  • the bonding layer 17a, the first base material layer 11, etc. may be in a form having a function as a colored layer.
  • the screens 20, 40, 70, and 80 have the colored layer as described above on the image source side (+Z side) of the reflective layer 13. It is good also as a form provided.
  • the colored layer as described above may be provided on the back side (-Z side) of the reflective layer 13 .
  • the light reflected at the interface with the air on the back side of the screen 10 can be prevented from being emitted to the image source side and causing a double image.
  • a clear image can be displayed.
  • the transparency of the screen is lowered when no image light is projected, but external light from the back side can be absorbed, resulting in a bright, high-contrast image. can be displayed.
  • Such a colored layer may be newly laminated on the back side of the second base material layer 15.
  • the second base material layer 15 or the like contains a coloring material and functions as a colored layer. It may be in the form
  • the above-described light absorption layer is particularly arranged on the most image source side or the most rear side of the screen 10 of the first embodiment, that is, it is arranged at the interface between the screen and the air. It is more effective to Further, in the second to fifth embodiments, the colored layer may be provided instead of the light control layer 30 .
  • the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b of the unit optical shape 121 may be, for example, a combination of a curved surface and a flat surface, or may be a bent surface.
  • the unit optical shape 121 may be a polygonal shape formed by three or more surfaces.
  • the reflective layer 13 is formed on the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b is shown, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be formed on at least a part of the first slope 121a.
  • the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b have fine and irregular uneven shapes, but the present invention is not limited to this. It is good also as a form which has.
  • the image source LS is positioned at the center of the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 in the horizontal direction and below the screens. Instead, it may be located above the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80, for example. In this case, the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, and 80 are reversed in the vertical direction (Y direction). In addition, the image source LS may project image light onto the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 from oblique direction light. In this case, the point C, which is the Fresnel center of the circular Fresnel lens shape of the first optically shaped layer 12, is arranged at the position of the image source LS. By adopting such a form, the position of the image source LS and the like can be freely set.
  • the screens 10, 40, 70, and 80 are such that the first optically shaped layer 12 and the second optically shaped layer 14 have sufficient thickness, rigidity, etc. In that case, at least one of the first base material layer 11 and the second base material layer 15 may be omitted.
  • the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, and 80 use the light control layer 16 as the base (substrate) of the first optical shape layer 12 and do not include the first substrate layer 11 or the like. It may be in the form
  • the light-modulating layer 30 has a light-transmissive layer on both sides (the image source side surface of the base material 31A and the back side surface of the base material 31B) via a bonding layer or the like.
  • a configuration in which substrate layers having a high D are laminated may be used.
  • a plate-like member made of glass is suitable for such a substrate layer. That is, it corresponds to a form in which the light control layer 30 of the embodiment is arranged inside the laminated glass, and is attached to the back side of the second base material layer 15 via the bonding layer 17c.
  • the liquid crystal material in the liquid crystal layer 36 falls in the direction of gravity at high temperatures, causing uneven distribution of the liquid crystal material, and the resulting uneven transmittance. can be reduced.
  • the distance D1 from the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer 12 to the back side surface of the light control layer 16 is the second optical shape layer 12. It is preferable that the distance D2 from the back side of the shape layer 14 to the image source side surface of the light control layer 30 (the image source side surface of the substrate 31A) is longer than the distance D2.
  • the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, and 80 have the first optical shape layer 12 in which the unit optical shapes 121 are arranged, and the reflective layer 13 is formed along the unit optical shapes 121.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the surface of the first optically shaped layer on the back side is a planar rough surface formed with fine and irregular uneven shapes.
  • the reflective layer 13 may be formed on the rear side of the optical layer 13, and the second optical shape layer may be formed on the rear side thereof.
  • first substrate layer 12 first optical shape layer 121 unit optical shape 121a first slope 121b second slope 13 reflective layer 14 second optical shape layer 15,25 Second substrate layer 16

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Overhead Projectors And Projection Screens (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a reflective screen with which video glare can be reduced and clear video can be displayed, and a video display device comprising said reflective screen. Also provided are a reflective screen with which clear video with high contrast can be displayed, and a video display device comprising said reflective screen. A screen 10 is a reflective screen and comprises: a first optical shape layer 12 in which a plurality of unit optical shapes 121 are arranged; a reflecting layer 13 that is formed on part of at least first inclines 121a of the unit optical shapes 121 and that diffusely reflects at least part of the incident light; and a light control layer 16 that is positioned closer to a video source than the reflecting layer 13, that diffuses and transmits light incident from a specific angle range, and that transmits light incident from outside the range without diffusing the light.

Description

反射型スクリーン、映像表示装置Reflective screen, image display device
 本発明は、反射型スクリーンと、これを備える映像表示装置とに関するものである。 The present invention relates to a reflective screen and a video display device equipped with the same.
 従来、映像源から投射された映像光を反射して表示する反射型スクリーンとして、様々なものが開発されている。なかでも、例えば、透明性を有する反射型スクリーン(例えば、特許文献1参照)は、窓ガラス等のような透光性の高い部材に貼り付ける等して固定し、投射された映像光を反射して映像を表示でき、かつ、映像光を投射しない不使用時等にはスクリーンの向こう側の景色を、スクリーンを通して観察することができるため、意匠性の高さ等から需要が高まっている。 Conventionally, various types of reflective screens have been developed that reflect and display the image light projected from the image source. Among them, for example, a transparent reflective screen (see, for example, Patent Document 1) is fixed by being attached to a highly translucent member such as a window glass, and reflects projected image light. In addition, the scenery on the other side of the screen can be observed through the screen when the image light is not projected and the screen is not in use.
特開2017-156452号公報JP 2017-156452 A
 特許文献1に示すように、反射面(反射層の表面)が微細な凹凸形状を有する粗面状である場合、映像光が反射面で拡散反射されるので、光を拡散する粒子等を含有する光拡散層を反射層よりも映像源側に備える必要がなく、反射型スクリーンの透明性を高めることができる。
 しかし、このような粗面状の反射面を備える場合、映像のぎらつき(スペックルともいう)が生じやすいという問題があった。
As shown in Patent Document 1, when the reflective surface (the surface of the reflective layer) is a rough surface having fine irregularities, the image light is diffusely reflected by the reflective surface. It is not necessary to provide a light diffusing layer closer to the image source than the reflective layer, and the transparency of the reflective screen can be improved.
However, when such a rough reflective surface is provided, there is a problem that the image is likely to glare (also called speckle).
 このような映像のぎらつきは、映像の快適な視認の妨げとなり、好ましくない。また、このような映像のぎらつきは、明るく明瞭な映像を表示できるレーザー光源を用いた映像源を使用する場合には、とくに視認されやすい傾向にあった。
 このような映像のぎらつきを低減するためには、前述のような拡散材を含有する光拡散層を備えることが効果的である。しかし、このような光拡散層は、映像のぼけ(解像度の低下)を生じさせたり、スクリーンの透明性を低下させたりするという問題があった。
Such image glare is not preferable because it interferes with comfortable viewing of the image. In addition, such image glare tends to be visible particularly when using an image source using a laser light source capable of displaying a bright and clear image.
In order to reduce such image glare, it is effective to provide a light diffusion layer containing a diffusion material as described above. However, such a light diffusion layer has the problem of causing image blurring (reduction of resolution) and reducing the transparency of the screen.
 また、透明性を有する反射型のスクリーンでは、映像光の一部が反射層を透過し、スクリーンの背面側の界面で全反射して映像源側へ出射することにより、2重像等の像ぼけが生じ、映像の明瞭さが低下する場合があった。
 また、透明性を有する反射型のスクリーンでは、映像の黒輝度が高い傾向があり、映像のコントラストの低下も問題であった。
In a transparent reflective screen, part of the image light passes through the reflective layer, is totally reflected at the interface on the back side of the screen, and is emitted toward the image source, resulting in images such as double images. There were cases where blurring occurred and the clarity of the image decreased.
In addition, with a reflective screen having transparency, black brightness of images tends to be high, and a decrease in image contrast is also a problem.
 本発明の課題は、映像のぎらつきを低減でき、かつ、明瞭な映像を表示できる反射型スクリーン、及び、これを備える映像表示装置を提供することである。
 また、本発明の課題は、コントラストが高く明瞭な映像を表示できる反射型スクリーン、及び、これを備える映像表示装置を提供することである。
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION An object of the present invention is to provide a reflective screen capable of reducing image glare and displaying a clear image, and an image display device having the same.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a reflective screen capable of displaying a high-contrast, clear image, and an image display device having the same.
 本発明は、以下のような解決手段により、前記課題を解決する。なお、理解を容易にするために、本発明の実施形態に対応する符号を付して説明するが、これに限定されるものではない。
 第1の発明は、映像源から投射された映像光の少なくとも一部を反射して映像を表示する反射型スクリーンであって、映像光が入射する第1の面(121a)とこれに交差する第2の面(121b)とを有し、背面側に凸となる単位光学形状(121)が複数配列された第1光学形状層(12)と、前記単位光学形状の少なくとも前記第1の面の一部に形成され、その表面に微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状が形成されており、入射した光の少なくとも一部を拡散反射する反射層(13)と、前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において前記反射層よりも映像源側に位置し、特定の角度範囲(R1)から入射した光を拡散して透過し、前記特定の角度範囲の範囲外(R2)から入射した光を拡散せずに透過する光制御層(16)と、を備え、光を拡散する粒子を含有する光拡散層を備えておらず、前記単位光学形状の前記第1の面がスクリーン面に平行な面となす角度αは、前記単位光学形状の配列方向に沿って一方向に大きくなり、前記特定の角度範囲は、前記反射型スクリーンの画面中央となる点を通り前記単位光学形状の配列方向に平行な方向及び前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向に平行な断面において、前記光制御層の映像源側となる面に垂直な直線に対して、前記角度αが小さい側に、25°以上55°以下となる範囲であること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(10,20)である。
 第2の発明は、第1の発明の反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において、前記第1光学形状層(12)の映像源側の面と前記光制御層(16)の背面側の面との間の距離(D1)は、0.5mm以下であること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(10,20)である。
 第3の発明は、映像源から投射された映像光の少なくとも一部を反射して映像を表示する反射型スクリーンであって、映像光が入射する第1の面(121a)とこれに交差する第2の面(121b)とを有し、背面側に凸となる単位光学形状(121)が複数配列された第1光学形状層(12)と、前記単位光学形状の少なくとも前記第1の面の一部に形成され、その表面に微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状が形成されており、入射した光の少なくとも一部を拡散反射する反射層(13)と、前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において前記反射層よりも映像源側に位置し、特定の角度範囲(R1)から入射した光を拡散して透過し、前記特定の角度範囲の範囲外(R2)から入射した光を拡散せずに透過する光制御層(16)と、を備え、光を拡散する粒子を含有する光拡散層を備えておらず、前記単位光学形状の第1の面がスクリーン面に平行な面となす角度αは、前記単位光学形状の配列方向に沿って一方向に大きくなり、前記特定の角度範囲は、前記反射型スクリーンの画面中央となる点を通り前記単位光学形状の配列方向に平行な方向及び前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向に平行な断面において、前記光制御層の映像源側となる面に垂直な直線に対して、前記角度αが小さい側に、25°以上55°以下となる範囲であり、前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において、前記第1光学形状層の映像源側の面と前記光制御層の背面側の面との間の距離(D1)は、0.5mmより大きく8mm以下であること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(40)である。
 第4の発明は、第1の発明から第3の発明までのいずれかの反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記反射層(13)は、入射した光の一部を反射し、一部を透過する半透過型であり、前記反射層の背面側に前記反射層に隣接して設けられ、光透過性を有し、隣り合う前記単位光学形状(121)による谷部を埋めるように積層された第2光学形状層(14)を有し、前記第2光学形状層は、その背面側の面が平面状であり、前記第1光学形状層(12)と屈折率が等しいもしくは等しいとみなせるほど屈折率差が小さいこと、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(10,20,40)である。
 第5の発明は、第1の発明から第4の発明までのいずれかの反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記第1光学形状層(12)は、背面側にフレネルレンズ形状を有し、前記単位光学形状(121)は、スクリーン面に直交する方向から見て円弧状であり、前記反射型スクリーンの表示領域外に位置する点を中心として同心円状に配列されていること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(10,20,40)である。
 第6の発明は、第1の発明から第5の発明までのいずれかの反射型スクリーンにおいて、入射した光の一部を吸収し、一部を透過する光吸収層(30)を備えること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(20,40)である。
 第7の発明は、第6の発明の反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記光吸収層(30)は、前記反射層(13)よりも背面側に設けられること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(20,40)である。
 第8の発明は、第7の発明の反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記光吸収層(30)は、入射角度が大きい光に対する吸収率が、入射角度が0°である光に対する吸収率より大きい状態と、入射角度による光の吸収率の差が小さい状態とを選択できる調光層であること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(20,40)である。
 第9の発明は、第6の発明から第8の発明までのいずれかの反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記反射層(13)は、入射した光の一部を反射し、一部を透過する半透過型であり、前記反射層の背面側に前記反射層に隣接して設けられ、光透過性を有し、隣り合う前記単位光学形状による谷部を埋めるように積層された第2光学形状層(14)を有し、前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において、前記光吸収層(30)の映像源側の面から前記第2光学形状層(14)の背面側の面までの距離(D2)は、前記光制御層(16)の背面側の面から前記第1光学形状層(12)の映像源側の面までの距離(D1)よりも大きいこと、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(20)である。
 第10の発明は、第1の発明から第9の発明までのいずれかの反射型スクリーン(10,20,40)と、前記反射型スクリーンへ映像光を投射する映像源(LS)と、を備える映像表示装置(1)である。
 第11の発明は、第10の発明の映像表示装置において、前記反射型スクリーン(10,20,40)の前記特定の角度範囲(R1)は、前記映像源(LS)の投射する映像光の主たる入射角度範囲を含むこと、を特徴とする映像表示装置(1)である。
 第12の発明は、映像源から投射された映像光の少なくとも一部を反射して映像を表示する反射型スクリーンであって、表面に微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状が形成されており、入射した光の少なくとも一部を前記凹凸形状により拡散反射し、一部を透過する半透過型の反射層(13)と、前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において、前記反射層よりも背面側に配置され、入射した光の一部を吸収し、一部を透過して透過率を調整可能である調光層(30)と、を備え、光を拡散する粒子を含有する光拡散層を備えていないこと、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(70,20,40,80)である。
 第13の発明は、第12の発明の反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記調光層(30)は、二色性色素を含有する液晶材料を含有する層(36)を備えること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(70,20,40,80)である。
 第14の発明は、第12の発明又は第13の発明の反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記調光層(30)は、光の透過率が高い状態において、入射角度40°以上の光に対する光の吸収率は、入射角度が0°の光の対する吸収率よりも大きいこと、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(70,20,40,80)である。
 第15の発明は、第12の発明から第14の発明までのいずれかの反射型スクリーンにおいて、映像光が入射する第1の面(121a)とこれに交差する第2の面(121b)とを有し、背面側に凸となる単位光学形状(121)が複数配列された第1光学形状層(12)と、前記反射層(13)の背面側に前記反射層に隣接して設けられ、光透過性を有し、隣り合う前記単位光学形状による谷部を埋めるように積層された第2光学形状層(14)と、を備え、前記反射層は、前記単位光学形状の少なくとも前記第1の面の一部に形成され、前記第2光学形状層は、その背面側の面が平面状であり、前記第1光学形状層と屈折率が等しいもしくは等しいとみなせるほど屈折率差が小さいこと、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(70,20,40,80)である。
 第16の発明は、第15の発明の反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記第1光学形状層(12)は、背面側にフレネルレンズ形状を有し、前記単位光学形状は、スクリーン面に直交する方向から見て円弧状であり、前記反射型スクリーンの表示領域外に位置する点(C)を中心として同心円状に配列されていること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(70,20,40,80)である。
 第17の発明は、第12の発明から第16の発明までのいずれかの反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記調光層(30)は、映像源側又は背面側に光透過性の高い基板層が積層されている、もしくは、その厚み方向において、2枚の光透過性の高い基板層(88,89)に挟持されていること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(80)である。
 第18の発明は、第12の発明から第17の発明までのいずれかの反射型スクリーンにおいて、前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において前記反射層(13)よりも映像源側に位置し、特定の角度範囲(R1)から入射した光を拡散して透過し、前記特定の角度範囲の範囲外から入射した光を拡散せずに透過する光制御層(16)を備えること、を特徴とする反射型スクリーン(20,40)である。
 第19の発明は、第12の発明から第18の発明までのいずれかの反射型スクリーン(70,20,40,80)と、前記反射型スクリーンへ映像光を投射する映像源(LS)と、を備える映像表示装置(1)である。
The present invention solves the above problems by means of the following solutions. In order to facilitate understanding, reference numerals corresponding to the embodiments of the present invention are used for explanation, but the present invention is not limited to these.
A first invention is a reflective screen that displays an image by reflecting at least part of image light projected from an image source, and has a first surface (121a) on which image light is incident and intersects this. a first optical shape layer (12) having a second surface (121b) and having a plurality of unit optical shapes (121) arranged convexly on the back side; and at least the first surface of the unit optical shape. A reflective layer (13) that diffusely reflects at least part of the incident light, and the reflective screen in the thickness direction of the reflective screen. Located closer to the image source than the reflective layer, it diffuses and transmits incident light from a specific angular range (R1), and transmits incident light from outside the specific angular range (R2) without diffusing it. and a light control layer (16) that does not have a light diffusion layer containing particles that diffuse light, and the first surface of the unit optical shape forms an angle α with a surface parallel to the screen surface increases in one direction along the direction in which the unit optical shapes are arranged, and the specific angular range extends in a direction parallel to the direction in which the unit optical shapes are arranged and passing through a point that is the center of the screen of the reflective screen. In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the reflective screen, the range is 25° or more and 55° or less to the side where the angle α is small with respect to a straight line perpendicular to the image source side surface of the light control layer. A reflective screen (10, 20) characterized by:
In a second invention, in the reflective screen of the first invention, in the thickness direction of the reflective screen, the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer (12) and the back surface of the light control layer (16) A reflective screen (10, 20) characterized in that the distance (D1) between the side surfaces is 0.5 mm or less.
A third aspect of the invention is a reflective screen that displays an image by reflecting at least a portion of image light projected from an image source, the screen intersecting with a first surface (121a) on which image light is incident. a first optical shape layer (12) having a second surface (121b) and having a plurality of unit optical shapes (121) arranged convexly on the back side; and at least the first surface of the unit optical shape. A reflective layer (13) that diffusely reflects at least part of the incident light, and the reflective screen in the thickness direction of the reflective screen. Located closer to the image source than the reflective layer, it diffuses and transmits incident light from a specific angular range (R1), and transmits incident light from outside the specific angular range (R2) without diffusing it. and a light control layer (16) that diffuses light, and does not have a light diffusion layer containing particles that diffuse light, and the first surface of the unit optical shape forms an angle α with a surface parallel to the screen surface , the angle range increases in one direction along the direction in which the unit optical shapes are arranged, and the specific angle range extends through a point that is the center of the screen of the reflective screen, in a direction parallel to the direction in which the unit optical shapes are arranged, and in the direction parallel to the direction in which the unit optical shapes are arranged. In a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the pattern screen, the range is 25° or more and 55° or less to the side where the angle α is small with respect to a straight line perpendicular to the image source side surface of the light control layer, In the thickness direction of the reflective screen, the distance (D1) between the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer and the back surface side surface of the light control layer is greater than 0.5 mm and 8 mm or less. A reflective screen (40) characterized by:
A fourth invention is the reflective screen according to any one of the first invention to the third invention, wherein the reflective layer (13) reflects a part of the incident light and transmits a part of it. A second optic which is a mold, is provided adjacent to the reflective layer on the back side of the reflective layer, has optical transparency, and is laminated so as to fill the valleys of the adjacent unit optical shapes (121). It has a shaped layer (14), and the second optically shaped layer has a planar surface on the back side and has a refractive index that is equal to or equal to the refractive index of the first optically shaped layer (12). A reflective screen (10, 20, 40) characterized in that
A fifth invention is the reflective screen according to any one of the first invention to the fourth invention, wherein the first optical shape layer (12) has a Fresnel lens shape on the back side, and the unit optical shape (121) is arc-shaped when viewed from a direction orthogonal to the screen surface, and is arranged concentrically around a point located outside the display area of the reflective screen. (10, 20, 40).
A sixth invention is the reflective screen according to any one of the first invention to the fifth invention, comprising a light absorption layer (30) that partially absorbs and partially transmits incident light, A reflective screen (20, 40) characterized by
A seventh aspect of the invention is the reflective screen (20, 40).
In an eighth aspect of the invention, in the reflective screen of the seventh aspect, the light absorption layer (30) has a higher absorptivity for light with a large incident angle than that for light with an incident angle of 0°. , and a reflective screen (20, 40) characterized by being a light modulating layer capable of selecting a state in which the difference in light absorptance depending on the incident angle is small.
A ninth invention is the reflective screen according to any one of the sixth invention to the eighth invention, wherein the reflective layer (13) reflects a part of incident light and transmits a part of it, which is semi-transmissive. A second optical shape layer ( 14), and in the thickness direction of the reflective screen, the distance (D2) from the image source side surface of the light absorption layer (30) to the back side surface of the second optical shape layer (14) is , greater than the distance (D1) from the back side surface of the light control layer (16) to the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer (12). is.
A tenth invention is a reflective screen (10, 20, 40) according to any one of the first invention to the ninth invention, and an image source (LS) for projecting image light onto the reflective screen. It is a video display device (1) provided.
According to an eleventh invention, in the image display device according to the tenth invention, the specific angular range (R1) of the reflective screen (10, 20, 40) is an image light projected by the image source (LS). An image display device (1) characterized by including a main incident angle range.
A twelfth aspect of the present invention is a reflective screen for displaying an image by reflecting at least part of image light projected from an image source, the screen having a fine and irregular uneven shape formed on the surface thereof, and a transflective reflective layer (13) that diffuses and reflects at least a portion of light by the uneven shape and transmits a portion of the light; A light control layer (30) that absorbs a part of incident light and transmits a part of it so that the transmittance can be adjusted, and does not have a light diffusion layer that contains particles that diffuse light. A reflective screen (70, 20, 40, 80) characterized by:
A thirteenth invention is the reflective screen according to the twelfth invention, wherein the light control layer (30) comprises a layer (36) containing a liquid crystal material containing a dichroic dye. Mold screens (70, 20, 40, 80).
A fourteenth invention is the reflective screen according to the twelfth invention or the thirteenth invention, wherein the light control layer (30) absorbs light with an incident angle of 40° or more in a state of high light transmittance. A reflective screen (70, 20, 40, 80) characterized in that the index is greater than the absorption for light with an incident angle of 0°.
In a fifteenth aspect of the invention, in the reflective screen according to any one of the twelfth invention to the fourteenth invention, and a first optical shape layer (12) in which a plurality of unit optical shapes (121) that are convex on the back side are arranged; and a second optical shape layer (14) having optical transparency and laminated so as to fill the valleys of the adjacent unit optical shapes, wherein the reflective layer is at least the second optical shape of the unit optical shapes. 1, the second optically shaped layer has a flat rear surface, and has a refractive index equal to or so small that it can be regarded as equal to that of the first optically shaped layer. A reflective screen (70, 20, 40, 80) characterized by:
In a sixteenth invention based on the reflective screen according to the fifteenth invention, the first optical shape layer (12) has a Fresnel lens shape on the back surface side, and the unit optical shape is formed from a direction orthogonal to the screen surface. A reflective screen (70, 20, 40, 80) characterized by being arc-shaped when viewed and arranged concentrically around a point (C) located outside the display area of the reflective screen. is.
A seventeenth invention is the reflective screen according to any one of the twelfth invention to the sixteenth invention, wherein the light modulating layer (30) is laminated with a substrate layer having high light transmittance on the image source side or the back side. or sandwiched between two substrate layers (88, 89) having high light transmittance in the thickness direction.
In an eighteenth invention, in the reflective screen according to any one of the twelfth invention to the seventeenth invention, a specific A reflection characterized by comprising a light control layer (16) that diffuses and transmits incident light from an angular range (R1) and transmits incident light from outside the specific angular range without diffusion. Mold screens (20, 40).
A nineteenth invention is a reflective screen (70, 20, 40, 80) according to any one of the twelfth invention to the eighteenth invention, and an image source (LS) for projecting image light onto the reflective screen. A video display device (1) comprising:
 本発明によれば、映像のぎらつきを低減でき、かつ、明瞭な映像を表示できる反射型スクリーン、及び、これを備える映像表示装置を提供することができる。
 また、本発明によれば、コントラストが高く明瞭な映像を表示できる反射型スクリーン、及び、これを備える映像表示装置を提供することができる。
Advantageous Effects of Invention According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a reflective screen capable of reducing image glare and displaying a clear image, and an image display device including the same.
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a reflective screen capable of displaying a clear image with high contrast, and an image display device having the same.
第1実施形態の映像表示装置1を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the video display apparatus 1 of 1st Embodiment. 第1実施形態のスクリーン10の層構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the layer structure of the screen 10 of 1st Embodiment. 第1光学形状層12を説明する図である。FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining a first optical shape layer 12; 光制御層16の光制御作用を説明する図である。4A and 4B are diagrams for explaining the light control action of the light control layer 16; FIG. 第1実施形態のスクリーン10に入射する映像光及び外光の一例を示す図である。4A and 4B are diagrams showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 10 of the first embodiment; FIG. ピーク輝度等の測定時及び目視評価時における各スクリーンと、映像源LS、輝度計K、観察者O3の位置等を示す図である。FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the positions of each screen, image source LS, luminance meter K, observer O3, and the like during measurement of peak luminance and the like and visual evaluation. 第2実施形態のスクリーン20の層構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the layer structure of the screen 20 of 2nd Embodiment. 調光層30の液晶材料の配向の様子を示す図である。4 is a diagram showing the state of orientation of liquid crystal material of the light control layer 30. FIG. 第2実施形態のスクリーン20に入射する映像光及び外光の一例を示す図である。FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 20 of the second embodiment; 第3実施形態のスクリーン40の層構成を示す図である。FIG. 10 is a diagram showing a layer structure of a screen 40 of a third embodiment; FIG. 第3実施形態のスクリーン40に入射する映像光及び外光の一例を示す図である。FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 40 of the third embodiment; 目視評価時における各スクリーンと、映像源LS、観察者O3の位置等を示す図である。It is a figure which shows each screen at the time of visual evaluation, the image source LS, the position of the observer O3, etc. FIG. 第4実施形態のスクリーン70の層構成を示す図である。FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a layer structure of a screen 70 of a fourth embodiment; FIG. 試料1~3において入射角度による透過率の変化を測定する方法を説明する図である。FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining a method of measuring changes in transmittance depending on the incident angle in Samples 1 to 3; 試料1~3の正面透過率に対する斜め入射光の透過率の低下率を示すグラフである。4 is a graph showing the rate of decrease in obliquely incident light transmittance with respect to the front transmittance of Samples 1 to 3. FIG. 第4実施形態のスクリーン70に入射する映像光及び外光の一例を示す図である。FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 70 of the fourth embodiment; 第5実施形態のスクリーン80の層構成を示す図である。FIG. 11 is a diagram showing a layer structure of a screen 80 of a fifth embodiment; 変形形態のスクリーン50の層構成を示す図である。FIG. 5 is a diagram showing a layer configuration of a screen 50 of a modified form;
 以下、図面等を参照して、本発明の実施形態について説明する。なお、図1を含め、以下に示す各図は、模式的に示した図であり、各部の大きさ、形状は、理解を容易にするために、適宜誇張している。
 本明細書中において、形状や幾何学的条件を特定する用語、例えば、平行や直交等の用語については、厳密に意味するところに加え、同様の光学的機能を奏し、平行や直交と見なせる程度の誤差を有する状態も含むものとする。
BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. Each figure shown below including FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram, and the size and shape of each part are appropriately exaggerated for easy understanding.
In this specification, terms that specify shapes and geometric conditions, such as parallel and orthogonal terms, have the same optical function and can be regarded as parallel or orthogonal in addition to the strict meaning. It shall include the state with an error of
 また、本明細書中において、板、シート、フィルム等の言葉を使用しているが、これらは、一般的な使い方として、厚さの厚い順に、板、シート、フィルムの順で使用されており、本明細書中でもそれに倣って使用している。しかし、このような使い分けには、技術的な意味は無いので、これらの文言は、適宜置き換えることができるものとする。
 さらに、本明細書中に記載する各部材の寸法等の数値及び材料名等は、実施形態としての一例であり、これに限定されるものではなく、適宜選択できる。
In addition, in this specification, terms such as plate, sheet, and film are used, and as a general usage, they are used in the order of plate, sheet, and film in descending order of thickness. , and is used accordingly in this specification. However, such proper use has no technical meaning, so these words can be replaced as appropriate.
Furthermore, numerical values such as dimensions and material names of each member described in this specification are examples as an embodiment, and are not limited to these, and can be selected as appropriate.
(第1実施形態)
 図1は、第1実施形態の映像表示装置1を示す図である。図1(a)は、映像表示装置1の斜視図であり、図1(b)は、映像表示装置1を側面側(後述する+X側)から見た図である。
 映像表示装置1は、スクリーン10、映像源LS等を有している。スクリーン10は、映像源LSから投影された映像光L0の一部を反射して、画面上に映像を表示する反射型スクリーンである。このスクリーン10の詳細に関しては、後述する。
(First embodiment)
FIG. 1 is a diagram showing a video display device 1 according to the first embodiment. FIG. 1(a) is a perspective view of the image display device 1, and FIG. 1(b) is a view of the image display device 1 viewed from the side (+X side, which will be described later).
The video display device 1 has a screen 10, a video source LS, and the like. The screen 10 is a reflective screen that reflects part of the image light L0 projected from the image source LS to display an image on the screen. The details of this screen 10 will be described later.
 ここで、理解を容易にするために、図1を含め以下に示す各図において、適宜、XYZ直交座標系を設けて示している。この座標系では、スクリーン10の画面の水平方向(左右方向)をX方向、鉛直方向(上下方向)をY方向とし、スクリーン10の厚み方向をZ方向とする。スクリーン10の画面は、XY面に平行であり、スクリーン10の厚み方向(Z方向)は、スクリーン10の画面に直交する。
 また、スクリーン10の映像源側の正面方向に位置する観察者O1から見て水平方向の右側に向かう方向を+X方向、鉛直方向の上側に向かう方向を+Y方向、厚み方向において背面側(裏面側)から映像源側に向かう方向を+Z方向とする。
 さらに、以下の説明中において、画面上下方向、画面左右方向、厚み方向とは、特に断りが無い場合、このスクリーン10の使用状態における画面上下方向(鉛直方向)、画面左右方向(水平方向)、厚み方向(奥行き方向)であり、それぞれ、Y方向、X方向、Z方向に平行であるとする。
Here, in order to facilitate understanding, an XYZ orthogonal coordinate system is appropriately provided and shown in each figure shown below including FIG. In this coordinate system, the horizontal direction (horizontal direction) of the screen 10 is the X direction, the vertical direction (vertical direction) is the Y direction, and the thickness direction of the screen 10 is the Z direction. The screen of the screen 10 is parallel to the XY plane, and the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 10 is orthogonal to the screen of the screen 10 .
In addition, the +X direction is the direction toward the right side in the horizontal direction as viewed from the observer O1 positioned in the front direction of the image source side of the screen 10, the +Y direction is the direction toward the upper side in the vertical direction, and the back side (back side) in the thickness direction. ) toward the image source side is the +Z direction.
Furthermore, in the following description, unless otherwise specified, the up-down direction of the screen, the left-right direction of the screen, and the thickness direction refer to the up-down direction of the screen (vertical direction), the left-right direction of the screen (horizontal direction), It is the thickness direction (depth direction) and is parallel to the Y direction, X direction, and Z direction, respectively.
 映像源LSは、映像光L0をスクリーン10へ投影する映像投射装置であり、例えば、短焦点型のプロジェクタである。本実施形態では、映像源LSは、光源として高圧水銀ランプを用いたDLP方式のプロジェクタを用いている。これに限らず、所望する光学性能や映像表示装置1の使用環境等に応じて、レーザーやLED等の他の光源を用いる映像源を使用してもよい。
 この映像源LSは、映像表示装置1の使用状態において、スクリーン10の画面(表示領域)を正面方向(スクリーン面の法線方向)から見た場合に、スクリーン10の画面左右方向の中央であって、スクリーン10の画面よりも鉛直方向下方側に位置している。
 本明細書中において、スクリーン面とは、そのスクリーン全体として見たときにおける、スクリーンの平面方向となる面を示すものとする。スクリーン10のスクリーン面は、スクリーン10の画面(XY面)に平行である。
The image source LS is an image projection device that projects the image light L0 onto the screen 10, and is, for example, a short focus type projector. In this embodiment, the image source LS is a DLP projector using a high-pressure mercury lamp as a light source. Not limited to this, image sources using other light sources such as lasers and LEDs may be used depending on the desired optical performance, the usage environment of the image display device 1, and the like.
This image source LS is located at the center of the screen 10 in the horizontal direction when the screen (display area) of the screen 10 is viewed from the front (the direction normal to the screen surface) when the image display device 1 is in use. , and positioned below the screen of the screen 10 in the vertical direction.
In this specification, the screen surface refers to a surface in the plane direction of the screen when the screen is viewed as a whole. The screen surface of the screen 10 is parallel to the screen (XY plane) of the screen 10 .
 映像源LSは、奥行き方向(Z方向)において、スクリーン10の表面からの距離が、従来のスクリーンの画面の正面方向に位置する汎用プロジェクタに比べて大幅に近い位置から斜めに映像光L0を投影できる。したがって、従来の汎用プロジェクタに比べて、映像源LSは、スクリーン10までの投射距離が短く、投射された映像光L0がスクリーン10に入射する入射角度が大きく、入射角度の変化量(最小値から最大値までの変化量)も大きい。 The image source LS obliquely projects the image light L0 from a position in which the distance from the surface of the screen 10 in the depth direction (Z direction) is much shorter than that of a conventional general-purpose projector positioned in the front direction of the screen of the screen. can. Therefore, compared to conventional general-purpose projectors, the image source LS has a short projection distance to the screen 10, a large incident angle at which the projected image light L0 enters the screen 10, and a change in the incident angle (from the minimum value to The amount of change up to the maximum value) is also large.
 スクリーン10は、映像源LSが投射した映像光L0の一部を映像源側(+Z側)の正面方向に位置する観察者O1側へ向けて反射して、観察者O1に映像を表示し、一部を透過する半透過型の反射型スクリーンである。スクリーン10は、透明性を有しており、観察者O1は、スクリーン10を通して向こう側(-Z側)の景色を観察可能である。
 スクリーン10の画面(表示領域)は、使用状態において、観察者O1側から見て長辺方向が画面左右方向となる略矩形状である。また、スクリーン10は、その画面サイズが対角40~100インチ程度であり、画面の横縦比が16:9である。
 なお、これに限らず、スクリーン10は、例えば、観察者O1側から見た形状を他の形状としてもよいし、その画面サイズを40インチ未満の大きさとしてもよく、使用目的や使用環境等に応じて、その大きさや形状は適宜選択できるものとする。
The screen 10 reflects a part of the image light L0 projected by the image source LS toward the observer O1 positioned in the front direction on the image source side (+Z side), thereby displaying an image to the observer O1, It is a semi-transmissive reflective screen that partially transmits. The screen 10 has transparency, and the observer O1 can observe the scenery on the far side (−Z side) through the screen 10 .
The screen (display area) of the screen 10 has a substantially rectangular shape when viewed from the observer O1 side, and the long side direction is the horizontal direction of the screen when in use. The screen 10 has a diagonal screen size of about 40 to 100 inches, and a screen aspect ratio of 16:9.
In addition, the screen 10 is not limited to this, for example, the shape viewed from the observer O1 side may be another shape, the screen size may be less than 40 inches, the purpose of use, the environment of use, etc. Its size and shape can be selected as appropriate.
 本実施形態のスクリーン10は、背面側に不図示の接合層を介して不図示の支持板に一体に接合(あるいは部分固定)され、画面の平面性を維持している。
 支持板は、剛性が高い平板状の部材であり、アクリル樹脂やPC(ポリカーボネート)樹脂等の樹脂製、ガラス製等の板状の部材を用いることができる。また、本実施形態のように、スクリーン10が透明性を有する場合は、支持板も透明性を有することが好ましい。
 なお、これに限らず、スクリーン10は、不図示の枠部材等によってその四辺等が支持され、その平面性を維持する形態としてもよい。
 本実施形態の映像表示装置1は、室内用のパーテーションや、展示会等における映像表示や、店舗等のショーウィンドウ等にも適用可能であり、使用用途に応じて、支持板については適宜選択できる。
The screen 10 of the present embodiment is integrally joined (or partially fixed) to a support plate (not shown) via a joining layer (not shown) on the back side to maintain the flatness of the screen.
The support plate is a plate-shaped member having high rigidity, and a plate-shaped member made of resin such as acrylic resin or PC (polycarbonate) resin, glass, or the like can be used. Moreover, when the screen 10 has transparency as in the present embodiment, it is preferable that the support plate also has transparency.
In addition, the screen 10 is not limited to this, and the screen 10 may be configured such that its four sides are supported by a frame member or the like (not shown) so as to maintain its flatness.
The image display device 1 of the present embodiment can be applied to indoor partitions, image display at exhibitions and the like, show windows of stores and the like, and the support plate can be appropriately selected according to the intended use. .
 図2は、第1実施形態のスクリーン10の層構成を示す図である。図2では、スクリーン10の画面中央(画面の幾何学的中心)となる点A(図1参照)を通り、画面上下方向(Y方向)に平行であって、スクリーン面に直交(Z方向に平行)する断面の一部を拡大して示している。
 図3は、第1光学形状層12を説明する図である。図3では、第1光学形状層12を背面側(-Z側)から見た図であり、理解を容易にするために、反射層13等を省略して示している。
 図2に示すように、スクリーン10は、厚み方向(Z方向)において、その映像源側(+Z側)から順に、光制御層16、接合層17a、第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層15等を備えている。
FIG. 2 is a diagram showing the layer structure of the screen 10 of the first embodiment. In FIG. 2, the point A (see FIG. 1) which is the center of the screen (the geometric center of the screen) of the screen 10 is parallel to the vertical direction of the screen (Y direction) and perpendicular to the screen surface (in the Z direction). Parallel) is shown by enlarging a part of the cross section.
FIG. 3 is a diagram illustrating the first optical shape layer 12. FIG. In FIG. 3, the first optical shape layer 12 is viewed from the rear side (−Z side), and the reflective layer 13 and the like are omitted for easy understanding.
As shown in FIG. 2, the screen 10 includes a light control layer 16, a bonding layer 17a, a first base material layer 11, and a first optical shape in order from the image source side (+Z side) in the thickness direction (Z direction). It includes a layer 12, a reflective layer 13, a second optical shape layer 14, a second substrate layer 15, and the like.
 第1基材層11は、光透過性を有するシート状の部材であり、その背面側(-Z側)に、第1光学形状層12が一体に形成されている。この第1基材層11は、第1光学形状層12を形成する基材(ベース)となる層である。
 第1基材層11は、例えば、高い光透過性を有するPET(ポリエチレンテレフタレート)等のポリエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、アクリル・スチレン樹脂、PC(ポリカーボネート)樹脂、脂環式ポリオレフィン樹脂、TAC(トリアセチルセルロース)樹脂等により形成される。
The first base material layer 11 is a light-transmitting sheet-like member, and the first optically shaped layer 12 is integrally formed on the back side (−Z side) thereof. The first substrate layer 11 is a layer that serves as a substrate (base) for forming the first optically shaped layer 12 .
The first base material layer 11 is made of, for example, a polyester resin such as PET (polyethylene terephthalate) having high light transmittance, an acrylic resin, a styrene resin, an acrylic/styrene resin, a PC (polycarbonate) resin, an alicyclic polyolefin resin, or TAC. It is made of (triacetyl cellulose) resin or the like.
 第1光学形状層12は、第1基材層11の背面側(-Z側)に形成された光透過性を有する層である。第1光学形状層12の背面側(-Z側)の面には、単位光学形状(単位レンズ)121が複数配列されて設けられている。
 単位光学形状121は、図3に示すように、真円の一部形状(円弧状)であり、スクリーン10の画面(表示領域)外に位置する点Cを中心として、同心円状に複数配列されている。すなわち、第1光学形状層12は、点Cを中心(フレネルセンター)とする、所謂、オフセット構造のサーキュラーフレネルレンズ形状を、その背面側に有している。
 本実施形態では、図3に示すように、第1光学形状層12をスクリーン面の法線方向に沿って背面側(-Z側)から見たときに、点Cは、画面左右方向の中央であって画面外下方に位置しており、点Cと点Aとは、Y方向に延びる同一直線上に位置している。
The first optical shape layer 12 is a layer having optical transparency formed on the back side (−Z side) of the first substrate layer 11 . A plurality of unit optical shapes (unit lenses) 121 are arranged and provided on the back side (−Z side) surface of the first optical shape layer 12 .
As shown in FIG. 3, the unit optical shape 121 is a partial shape (arc shape) of a perfect circle, and a plurality of unit optical shapes 121 are arranged concentrically around a point C located outside the screen (display area) of the screen 10. ing. That is, the first optically shaped layer 12 has a circular Fresnel lens shape with a so-called offset structure with the point C as the center (Fresnel center) on its back side.
In this embodiment, as shown in FIG. 3, when the first optically shaped layer 12 is viewed from the back side (−Z side) along the normal direction of the screen surface, the point C is the center of the screen in the horizontal direction. , and is positioned outside and below the screen, and points C and A are positioned on the same straight line extending in the Y direction.
 単位光学形状121は、図2に示すように、スクリーン面に直交する方向(Z方向)に平行であって、単位光学形状121の配列方向に平行な断面における断面形状が、略三角形形状である。
 単位光学形状121は、背面側(-Z側)に凸であり、映像光が入射する第1斜面(レンズ面)121aと、これに交差する第2斜面(非レンズ面)121bとを有している。1つの単位光学形状121において、第1斜面121aは、頂点t1を挟んで第2斜面121bの上側(+Y側)に位置している。
 第1斜面121aがスクリーン面(XY面)に平行な面となす角度は、αである。第2斜面121bがスクリーン面に平行な面となす角度は、βある。角度α,βは、β>αという関係を満たしている。
As shown in FIG. 2, the unit optical shape 121 is parallel to the direction perpendicular to the screen surface (the Z direction) and has a substantially triangular cross-sectional shape in a cross section parallel to the arrangement direction of the unit optical shape 121. .
The unit optical shape 121 is convex on the back side (−Z side) and has a first slope (lens surface) 121a on which image light is incident and a second slope (non-lens surface) 121b that intersects with the first slope. ing. In one unit optical shape 121, the first slope 121a is positioned above (+Y side) the second slope 121b across the vertex t1.
The angle formed between the first slope 121a and a plane parallel to the screen plane (XY plane) is α. The angle between the second slope 121b and the plane parallel to the screen surface is β. The angles α and β satisfy the relationship β>α.
 また、単位光学形状121の第1斜面121a及び第2斜面121bには、微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状が形成されている。この凹凸形状は、凸形状と凹形状とが2次元方向に不規則に配列されて形成されており、凸形状及び凹形状は、その大きさや形状、高さ等は不規則である。 Further, the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b of the unit optical shape 121 are formed with fine and irregular uneven shapes. The uneven shape is formed by irregularly arranging convex shapes and concave shapes in two-dimensional directions, and the convex shapes and concave shapes are irregular in size, shape, height, and the like.
 単位光学形状121の配列ピッチは、Pであり、単位光学形状121の高さ(厚み方向における頂点t1から単位光学形状121間の谷底となる点t2までの寸法)は、hである。
 理解を容易にするために、図2等では、単位光学形状121の配列ピッチP、角度α,βは、単位光学形状121の配列方向において一定として示している。しかし、本実施形態の単位光学形状121は、実際には、配列ピッチPは一定であるが、角度αが単位光学形状121の配列方向においてフレネルセンターとなる点Cから離れるにつれて(図2に示す断面において上側へ向かうにつれて)次第に(連続的に)大きくなっている。
The arrangement pitch of the unit optical shapes 121 is P, and the height of the unit optical shapes 121 (dimension from the vertex t1 in the thickness direction to the bottom point t2 between the unit optical shapes 121) is h.
2 and the like, the arrangement pitch P and the angles α and β of the unit optical shapes 121 are shown to be constant in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121. As shown in FIG. However, although the unit optical shapes 121 of this embodiment actually have a constant arrangement pitch P, as the angle α moves away from the Fresnel center point C in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 (shown in FIG. 2 It gradually (continuously) increases toward the upper side in the cross section.
 なお、これに限らず、例えば、配列ピッチPが単位光学形状121の配列方向に沿って次第に変化する形態としてもよいし、単位光学形状121の配列方向に沿って、配列ピッチPや角度α等が段階的に変化する形態としてもよい。
 角度α,β、配列ピッチP等は、映像源LSからの映像光の投射角度(スクリーン10への映像光の入射角度)や、映像源LSの画素(ピクセル)の大きさ、スクリーン10の画面サイズ、各層の屈折率等に応じて、適宜設定してよい。
It should be noted that, without being limited to this, for example, the arrangement pitch P may gradually change along the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121, or the arrangement pitch P, angle α, or the like may be changed along the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121. may be changed stepwise.
The angles α and β, the array pitch P, and the like are determined by the projection angle of the image light from the image source LS (the incident angle of the image light to the screen 10), the size of the pixels of the image source LS, and the screen of the screen 10. It may be set appropriately according to the size, the refractive index of each layer, and the like.
 本実施形態では、第1光学形状層12の背面側(-Z側)の面には、サーキュラーフレネルレンズ形状が形成される例を示したが、これに限らず、第1光学形状層12の背面側の面には、単位光学形状121が画面左右方向(X方向)に延在し、画面上下方向(Y方向)に配列されたリニアフレネルレンズ形状が形成される形態としてもよい。また、断面形状が略三角形形状であって画面左右方向(X方向)を稜線方向として延在する単位プリズムが、画面上下方向(Y方向)に複数された形態としてもよい。 In the present embodiment, an example in which a circular Fresnel lens shape is formed on the back side (−Z side) surface of the first optically shaped layer 12 is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the first optically shaped layer 12 On the back side surface, unit optical shapes 121 may extend in the horizontal direction (X direction) of the screen, and linear Fresnel lens shapes arranged in the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen may be formed. Further, a plurality of unit prisms having a substantially triangular cross-sectional shape and extending in the horizontal direction (X direction) of the screen as a ridgeline direction may be arranged in the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen.
 第1光学形状層12は、光透過性の高いウレタンアクリレート系、ポリエステルアクリレート系、エポキシアクリレート系、ポリエーテルアクリレート系、ポリチオール系、ブタジエンアクリレート系等の紫外線硬化型樹脂により形成されている。
 本実施形態では、第1光学形状層12を構成する樹脂として、紫外線硬化型樹脂を例に挙げて説明するが、これに限らず、例えば、電子線硬化型樹脂等の他の電離放射線硬化型樹脂により形成してもよい。
The first optically shaped layer 12 is made of UV curable resin such as urethane acrylate, polyester acrylate, epoxy acrylate, polyether acrylate, polythiol, butadiene acrylate, etc., having high light transmittance.
In the present embodiment, as the resin constituting the first optically shaped layer 12, an ultraviolet curable resin will be described as an example. You may form with resin.
 反射層13は、入射した光の一部を反射し、一部を透過する半透過型の反射層であり、所謂、ハーフミラーである。反射層13は、単位光学形状121上、すなわち、第1斜面121a及び第2斜面121b上に形成されている。この反射層13は、第1光学形状層12と第2光学形状層14との間にこれらに隣接して設けられている。
 反射層13は、その映像源側の面(第1光学形状層12側の面)、背面側の面(第2光学形状層14側の面)が、微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状を有する粗面となっている。これは、前述のように、第1斜面121a及び第2斜面121bは、微細な凹凸形状が形成されており、反射層13は、この微細な凹凸形状に追従して形成されていることや、反射層13の厚みは、この微細な凹凸形状の凹凸よりも十分に薄いことに起因する。
 この反射層13は、入射した光の一部を微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状により拡散反射し、反射しない他の光の少なくとも一部を拡散しないで透過するという機能を有する。
The reflective layer 13 is a semi-transmissive reflective layer that partially reflects and partially transmits incident light, and is a so-called half mirror. The reflective layer 13 is formed on the unit optical shape 121, that is, on the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b. The reflective layer 13 is provided between and adjacent to the first optically shaped layer 12 and the second optically shaped layer 14 .
The reflective layer 13 has a surface on the image source side (surface on the side of the first optically shaped layer 12) and a surface on the back side (surface on the side of the second optically shaped layer 14) having fine and irregular uneven shapes. It is a face. This is because, as described above, the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b are formed with fine uneven shapes, and the reflective layer 13 is formed following the fine uneven shapes. This is because the thickness of the reflective layer 13 is sufficiently thinner than the unevenness of the fine unevenness.
The reflective layer 13 has the function of diffusely reflecting part of the incident light through fine and irregular irregularities and transmitting at least part of the other non-reflected light without diffusion.
 反射層13の反射率及び透過率は、所望する光学性能に合わせて適宜に設定できる。映像光を良好に反射させるとともに、映像光以外の光(例えば、太陽光等の外界からの光)を良好に透過させる観点から、反射層13の反射率及び透過率は、透過率が30~80%程度、反射率が5~60%程度であることが望ましい。 The reflectance and transmittance of the reflective layer 13 can be appropriately set according to the desired optical performance. From the viewpoint of good reflection of image light and good transmission of light other than image light (for example, light from the outside such as sunlight), the reflectance and transmittance of the reflective layer 13 are set to 30 to 30. Desirably, the reflectance is about 80% and the reflectance is about 5 to 60%.
 反射層13は、光反射性の高い金属、例えば、アルミニウム、銀、ニッケル、クロム等により形成される。また、反射層13は、これに限らず、例えば、上述のような光反射性の高い金属をスパッタリングしたり、金属箔を転写したり、金属薄膜を含有した塗料を塗布したりする等により形成されてもよい。
 また、反射層13は、高い透明性を有し、光の吸収損失が小さく、高い反射率を実現できる誘電体多層膜や誘電体単層膜を蒸着する等により形成されてもよい。
 本実施形態の反射層13は、クロムを蒸着することにより形成されており、反射層13のみでの反射率が約5%、透過率が約50%である。
 なお、本実施形態では、反射層13は、単位光学形状121の第1斜面121a及び第2斜面121bに形成される例を示したが、これに限らず、例えば、第1斜面121aの少なくとも一部に形成される形態としてもよい。
The reflective layer 13 is made of a highly light-reflective metal such as aluminum, silver, nickel, or chromium. In addition, the reflective layer 13 is not limited to this, and is formed by, for example, sputtering a metal with high light reflectivity as described above, transferring a metal foil, or applying a paint containing a thin metal film. may be
The reflective layer 13 may be formed by vapor deposition of a dielectric multilayer film or a dielectric single-layer film that has high transparency, low light absorption loss, and high reflectance.
The reflective layer 13 of this embodiment is formed by evaporating chromium, and the reflective layer 13 alone has a reflectance of about 5% and a transmittance of about 50%.
In this embodiment, an example in which the reflective layer 13 is formed on the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b of the unit optical shape 121 is shown. It is good also as a form formed in a part.
 第2光学形状層14は、反射層13の背面側(-Z側)に隣接して設けられた光透過性を有する層である。この第2光学形状層14は、隣り合う単位光学形状121間の谷部を十分に埋めるように填されており、第2光学形状層14の背面側の面は、スクリーン面に平行な平坦な面状となっている。
 このような第2光学形状層14により、スクリーン10の光透過性が向上し、かつ、反射層13を保護することができる。また、第2光学形状層14を設けることにより、第2基材層15等が積層しやすくなる。
The second optical shape layer 14 is a layer having optical transparency provided adjacent to the back side (−Z side) of the reflective layer 13 . The second optical shape layer 14 is filled so as to sufficiently fill the valleys between adjacent unit optical shapes 121, and the rear surface of the second optical shape layer 14 is flat parallel to the screen surface. It has a planar shape.
Such a second optical shape layer 14 can improve the light transmittance of the screen 10 and protect the reflective layer 13 . Also, by providing the second optically shaped layer 14, the second substrate layer 15 and the like are easily laminated.
 スクリーン10の透明性を向上させる観点から、第2光学形状層14の屈折率は、第1光学形状層12と等しい、もしくは、等しいとみなせる程度に小さい屈折率差を有していることが好ましい。また、第2光学形状層14は、第1光学形状層12と同じ樹脂を用いて形成してもよいし、異なる樹脂を用いて形成してもよい。
 本実施形態の第2光学形状層14は、第1光学形状層12と同じ紫外線硬化型樹脂により形成されており、屈折率も第1光学形状層12と等しい。
From the viewpoint of improving the transparency of the screen 10, it is preferable that the refractive index of the second optically shaped layer 14 is equal to that of the first optically shaped layer 12, or has a small refractive index difference to the extent that it can be regarded as being equal. . Also, the second optically shaped layer 14 may be formed using the same resin as the first optically shaped layer 12, or may be formed using a different resin.
The second optically shaped layer 14 of the present embodiment is made of the same UV curable resin as the first optically shaped layer 12 and has the same refractive index as that of the first optically shaped layer 12 .
 第2基材層15は、光透過性を有するシート状の部材であり、第2光学形状層14の背面側に一体に積層されている。この第2基材層15は、第1基材層11と同様に、例えば、高い光透過性を有するPET(ポリエチレンテレフタレート)等のポリエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、アクリル・スチレン樹脂、PC(ポリカーボネート)樹脂、脂環式ポリオレフィン樹脂、TAC(トリアセチルセルロース)樹脂等により形成される。
 本実施形態では、第2基材層15は、第1基材層11と同様の材料により形成されている。
The second base material layer 15 is a sheet-like member having optical transparency, and is integrally laminated on the back side of the second optical shape layer 14 . Like the first base layer 11, the second base layer 15 includes, for example, polyester resin such as PET (polyethylene terephthalate) having high light transmittance, acrylic resin, styrene resin, acrylic/styrene resin, PC ( Polycarbonate) resin, alicyclic polyolefin resin, TAC (triacetyl cellulose) resin, or the like.
In this embodiment, the second base material layer 15 is made of the same material as the first base material layer 11 .
 接合層17aは、光制御層16と第1基材層11とを一体に接合する機能を有する層である。接合層17aは、光透過性の高い接着材や粘着材等を用いることができる。
 光制御層16は、厚み方向において第1基材層11よりも映像源側(+Z側)に位置する層であり、特定の角度範囲から入射する光を拡散して透過し、それ以外の角度範囲から入射する光を拡散せずに透過するという機能を有する層である。この光制御層16は、第1基材層11の映像源側(+Z側)に、接合層17aを介して一体に設けられている。
 図4は、光制御層16の光制御作用を説明する図である。図4では、光制御層16の画面上下方向(Y方向)及び厚み方向(Z方向)に平行な断面を示している。また、図4において、光制御層16の映像源側(+Z側)の面及び背面側(-Z側)の面は、スクリーン面(XY面)に平行であり、破線で示す直線Hは、光制御層16の映像源側の面及び背面側の面に直交する直線である。
The bonding layer 17a is a layer having a function of integrally bonding the light control layer 16 and the first base layer 11 together. For the bonding layer 17a, an adhesive material, an adhesive material, or the like having high optical transparency can be used.
The light control layer 16 is a layer located closer to the image source side (+Z side) than the first base material layer 11 in the thickness direction, and diffuses and transmits light incident from a specific angle range, It is a layer that has the function of transmitting light incident from an area without diffusing it. The light control layer 16 is integrally provided on the image source side (+Z side) of the first base material layer 11 via a bonding layer 17a.
4A and 4B are diagrams for explaining the light control action of the light control layer 16. FIG. FIG. 4 shows a cross section of the light control layer 16 parallel to the vertical direction of the screen (Y direction) and the thickness direction (Z direction). In FIG. 4, the image source side (+Z side) surface and the back side (−Z side) surface of the light control layer 16 are parallel to the screen surface (XY plane), and the dashed straight line H is It is a straight line orthogonal to the surface of the light control layer 16 on the image source side and the surface on the back side.
 光制御層16は、図4に示す断面において、映像源側(+Z側)の空気中から、第1入射角度範囲R1内の入射角度で入射した光を拡散して背面側(-Z側)へ出射し、第1入射角度範囲R1以外の入射角度となる第2入射角度範囲R2内の入射角度で入射した光を拡散せずに背面側へ透過するという機能を有している。
 また、光制御層16は、図4に示す断面において、背面側(-Z側)の空気中から、第3入射角度範囲R3内の入射角度で入射した光を拡散して映像源側(+Z側)へ出射し、第3入射角度範囲R3以外の入射角度となる第4入射角度範囲R4内の入射角度で入射した光を拡散せずに映像源側へ透過するという機能を有している。
In the cross section shown in FIG. 4, the light control layer 16 diffuses light incident from the air on the image source side (+Z side) at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 to the rear side (−Z side). and transmits the light incident at an incident angle within the second incident angle range R2, which is an incident angle other than the first incident angle range R1, to the rear side without diffusing.
Further, in the cross section shown in FIG. 4, the light control layer 16 diffuses the incident light from the air on the back side (−Z side) at an incident angle within the third incident angle range R3 to the image source side (+Z side). side), and has a function of transmitting the light incident at an incident angle within the fourth incident angle range R4, which is an incident angle other than the third incident angle range R3, to the image source side without diffusing. .
 第1入射角度範囲R1は、映像源LSから投射され、スクリーン10(光制御層16)に入射する映像光L0の主たる入射角度範囲を含んでいる。
 第1入射角度範囲R1は、映像源側(+Z側)において、直線Hに対して下側(-Y側)に25°以上55°以下となる範囲である。このとき、光制御層16は、その映像源側の面の任意の点に対して、画面上下方向下側から、入射角度25°以上55°以下で入射する光を、拡散して背面側(-Z側)へ出射する。
 また、第2入射角度範囲R2は、光制御層16の映像源側において、第1入射角度範囲R1以外の角度である。
The first incident angle range R1 includes the main incident angle range of the image light L0 projected from the image source LS and incident on the screen 10 (light control layer 16).
The first incident angle range R1 is a range of 25° or more and 55° or less downward (−Y side) with respect to the straight line H on the image source side (+Z side). At this time, the light control layer 16 diffuses light incident on an arbitrary point on the surface on the image source side from the lower side in the vertical direction of the screen at an incident angle of 25° or more and 55° or less to the rear side ( −Z side).
Also, the second incident angle range R2 is an angle other than the first incident angle range R1 on the image source side of the light control layer 16 .
 第3入射角度範囲R3は、背面側(-Z側)において、直線Hに対して上側(+Y側)に25°以上55°以下となる範囲である。このとき、光制御層16は、その背面側の面の任意の点に対して、画面上下方向上側から、入射角度25°以上55°以下で入射する光を、拡散して映像源側(+Z側)へ出射する。
 また、第4入射角度範囲R4は、光制御層16の背面側において、第3入射角度範囲R3以外の角度である。
The third incident angle range R3 is a range of 25° or more and 55° or less upward (+Y side) with respect to the straight line H on the rear side (−Z side). At this time, the light control layer 16 diffuses light incident on an arbitrary point on the back side surface from the upper side in the vertical direction of the screen at an incident angle of 25° or more and 55° or less to the image source side (+Z side).
Further, the fourth incident angle range R4 is an angle other than the third incident angle range R3 on the rear surface side of the light control layer 16 .
 したがって、光制御層16は、映像源側の面の任意の点において、画面上下方向下側から入射角度25°以上55°以下で入射する光を拡散して透過し、これ以外の角度範囲から入射する光を拡散せずに透過する。また、光制御層16は、背面側の面の任意の点において、画面上下方向上側から入射角度25°以上55°以下で入射する光を拡散して透過し、これ以外の角度範囲から入射する光を拡散せずに透過する。 Therefore, the light control layer 16 diffuses and transmits light incident at an incident angle of 25° or more and 55° or less from the bottom side of the screen in the vertical direction at any point on the surface on the image source side, and diffuses and transmits light from other angle ranges. Transmits incident light without diffusing it. In addition, the light control layer 16 diffuses and transmits light that is incident from the upper side in the vertical direction of the screen at an arbitrary point on the back side surface at an incident angle of 25° or more and 55° or less, and is incident from other angle ranges. Transmits light without diffusing it.
 光制御層16に映像源側から第1入射角度範囲R1内の入射角度で入射し、背面側へ出射した光のヘイズ値(拡散透過率)は、80%以上であることが好ましい。光制御層16に背面側から第3入射角度範囲R3内の入射角度で入射して映像源側へ出射した光のヘイズ値も、これと同様であることが好ましい。
 ヘイズ値は、全光線透過率に対する拡散透過率の比で表され、透過光における光の拡散率を意味する。光制御層16のヘイズ値は、ヘイズメーター(村上色彩技術研究所製 HM-150)によって測定することができる。
The haze value (diffuse transmittance) of the light incident on the light control layer 16 from the image source side at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 and emitted to the rear side is preferably 80% or more. It is preferable that the haze value of the light incident on the light control layer 16 from the back side at an incident angle within the third incident angle range R3 and emitted to the image source side be the same.
The haze value is expressed as a ratio of diffuse transmittance to total light transmittance, and means the diffusion rate of light in transmitted light. The haze value of the light control layer 16 can be measured by a haze meter (HM-150 manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory).
 第1入射角度範囲R1及び第3入射角度範囲R3の範囲内の入射光については、本実施形態の第1入射角度範囲R1及び第3入射角度範囲R3が25°以上55°以下であるので、想定入射角度を40°とし、この角度で光が入射した場合の透過率を全光線透過率とし、この想定入射角度で入射して光制御層16内を直進して透過して出射した光に対して、2.5°以上広がって出射してきた光の割合を拡散透過率とする。 For incident light within the ranges of the first incident angle range R1 and the third incident angle range R3, since the first incident angle range R1 and the third incident angle range R3 of the present embodiment are 25° or more and 55° or less, Assuming that the assumed incident angle is 40°, the transmittance when light is incident at this angle is defined as the total light transmittance. On the other hand, the diffuse transmittance is defined as the ratio of the light emitted with a spread of 2.5° or more.
 一方、光制御層16に映像源側から第2入射角度範囲R2内の入射角度で入射した光、特に、入射角度0°で入射して背面側へ出射した光のヘイズ値(拡散透過率)は、低いことが好ましく、0%となることが理想的である。光制御層16に第4入射角度範囲R4内の入射角度で入射した光のヘイズ値も、これと同様であることが好ましい。 On the other hand, the haze value (diffuse transmittance) of the light incident on the light control layer 16 from the image source side at an incident angle within the second incident angle range R2, especially the light incident at an incident angle of 0° and emitted to the back side is preferably low, ideally 0%. It is preferable that the haze value of light incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the fourth incident angle range R4 is also the same.
 このような光制御層16としては、屈折率が異なる透明樹脂の層が、所定の厚さで所定の方向に複数積層され、かつ、各層の硬化時の紫外線の照射方向を変えて形成された視界制御フィルム(例えば、リンテック株式会社製の視野制御フィルム Y-2555)が好適である。 As such a light control layer 16, a plurality of transparent resin layers having different refractive indices are laminated in a predetermined thickness in a predetermined direction, and the irradiation direction of ultraviolet rays during curing of each layer is changed. A view control film (for example, view control film Y-2555 manufactured by Lintec Corporation) is suitable.
 上述のように、本実施形態のスクリーン10は、光を拡散する作用を有する粒子等の拡散材を含有する光拡散層を備えておらず、光制御層16に特定の角度範囲(第1入射角度範囲R1及び第3入射角度範囲R3)内の入射角度で入射する光のみが拡散され、さらに反射層13においてその表面の微細な凹凸形状によって、拡散反射される形態となっている。
 本実施形態において、接合層17aと第1基材層11とを合わせた厚み、すなわち、スクリーン10の厚み方向(Z方向)における第1光学形状層12の映像源側(+Z側)の面と、光制御層16の背面側(-Z側)の面との間の距離D1は、0.5mm以下であることが好ましい。この距離D1の大きさが0.5mm以下であると、映像のぼけを抑制でき、映像の明瞭さを向上させることができる。したがって、距離D1は、上記範囲が好ましい。
As described above, the screen 10 of the present embodiment does not include a light diffusion layer containing a diffusion material such as particles that diffuse light, and the light control layer 16 has a specific angle range (first incident angle). Only the light incident at the incident angles within the angle range R1 and the third incident angle range R3) is diffused, and is diffusely reflected by the minute irregularities on the surface of the reflective layer 13 .
In the present embodiment, the combined thickness of the bonding layer 17a and the first base layer 11, that is, the image source side (+Z side) surface of the first optical shape layer 12 in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 10 , and the rear surface (−Z side) of the light control layer 16 is preferably 0.5 mm or less. When the distance D1 is 0.5 mm or less, blurring of the image can be suppressed, and clarity of the image can be improved. Therefore, the distance D1 is preferably within the above range.
 図5は、第1実施形態のスクリーン10に入射する映像光及び外光の一例を示す図である。図5では、図2に示すスクリーン10の断面と同様の断面の一部を拡大して示している。また、図5では、理解を容易にするために、各層間の屈折率差はないものとして示している。
 スクリーン10の下方に位置する映像源LSから投射された映像光L11は、第1入射角度範囲R1内の入射角度で光制御層16に入射して拡散され、接合層17a及び第1基材層11を透過して第1光学形状層12へ入射する。そして、映像光L11の一部である映像光L12は、単位光学形状121の第1斜面121aの反射層13によって拡散反射され、映像源側(+Z側)へ出射する。このとき、映像光L12は、図5に示すスクリーン10の断面において、光制御層16に対して背面側から第4入射角度範囲R4の入射角度(特に、入射角度0°及び0°近傍)に相当する角度で入射するので、光制御層16では拡散されることなく映像源側へ出射して観察者O1側に届く。
FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 10 of the first embodiment. FIG. 5 shows an enlarged part of a cross section similar to the cross section of the screen 10 shown in FIG. Also, in FIG. 5, for ease of understanding, it is assumed that there is no refractive index difference between the layers.
The image light L11 projected from the image source LS positioned below the screen 10 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 and is diffused to pass through the bonding layer 17a and the first base material layer. 11 and enters the first optical shaped layer 12 . The image light L12, which is a part of the image light L11, is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13 of the first slope 121a of the unit optical shape 121 and emitted to the image source side (+Z side). At this time, in the cross section of the screen 10 shown in FIG. 5, the image light L12 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle in the fourth incident angle range R4 (in particular, an incident angle of 0° and near 0°) from the rear side. Since the light is incident at a corresponding angle, it is emitted to the image source side without being diffused by the light control layer 16 and reaches the observer O1 side.
 したがって、映像光L12は、第1入射角度範囲R1の範囲内で光制御層16に入射し、反射層13によって拡散反射されている。これにより、映像光L12は、好適に拡散され、スクリーン10は、十分な視野角で映像を表示できる。
 また、映像光L12は、スクリーン10への入射時の光制御層16で拡散され、反射層13で拡散反射されるので、スクリーン10の厚み方向において異なる位置で2回拡散される。これにより、スクリーン10は、映像のぎらつき(スペックル)を低減でき、かつ、過度な拡散による像ぼけ(解像度の低下)を抑制できる。
Therefore, the image light L12 enters the light control layer 16 within the first incident angle range R1 and is diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13 . Thereby, the image light L12 is preferably diffused, and the screen 10 can display an image with a sufficient viewing angle.
Further, the image light L12 is diffused by the light control layer 16 when incident on the screen 10 and is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13, so that it is diffused twice at different positions in the thickness direction of the screen 10. FIG. As a result, the screen 10 can reduce image glare (speckle) and suppress image blurring (decrease in resolution) due to excessive diffusion.
 なお、映像光L11がスクリーン10の下方から投射されており、かつ、角度β(図2参照)がスクリーン10の画面上下方向(Y方向)の各点における映像光L11の入射角度よりも大きいので、映像光L11が第2斜面121bに直接入射することはなく、第2斜面121bは、映像光の反射に寄与しない。
 また、映像光L11のうち、一部の映像光L13は、反射層13を透過して背面側へ向かい、第2光学形状層14を透過して背面側上方へ出射する。なお、このような映像光L13は、背面側の天井に到達した場合には、天井への映像の映り込みの要因となる。しかし、本実施形態のスクリーン10では、映像光L13は、光制御層16により拡散されており、天井に映像光L13が到達した場合にも、天井に明瞭な映像が映り込むことはない。
Note that the image light L11 is projected from below the screen 10, and the angle β (see FIG. 2) is larger than the incident angle of the image light L11 at each point in the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen 10. , the image light L11 does not directly enter the second slope 121b, and the second slope 121b does not contribute to the reflection of the image light.
A part of the image light L13 of the image light L11 is transmitted through the reflection layer 13 toward the back side, and is transmitted through the second optical shape layer 14 and emitted upward toward the back side. In addition, when such image light L13 reaches the ceiling on the back side, it causes reflection of the image on the ceiling. However, in the screen 10 of this embodiment, the image light L13 is diffused by the light control layer 16, and even when the image light L13 reaches the ceiling, a clear image is not reflected on the ceiling.
 次に、背面側(-Z側)又は映像源側(+Z側)からスクリーン10に入射する映像光以外の太陽光や照明光等の外光について説明する。
 スクリーン10への入射角度が小さい外光の大部分である外光G11,G12は、スクリーン10へ入射して反射層13を透過し、それぞれ背面側、映像源側へ出射する。スクリーン10は、光を拡散する粒子等の拡散材等を含有する層(光拡散層)を備えておらず、外光G11は、光制御層16に対して、映像源側から第2入射角度範囲R2内の入射角度で入射し、外光G12は、光制御層16に対して背面側から第4入射角度範囲R4内の角度に相当する入射角度で入射する。したがって、外光G11,G12は、光制御層16によって拡散されることなく、スクリーン10を透過する。
 よって、観察者O1,O2が、スクリーン10を通してスクリーン10の向こう側の景色を観察した場合に、スクリーン10の向こう側の景色がぼやけたり、白くにじんだりすることなく、観察することができ、スクリーン10は、高い透明性を発揮できる。
Next, external light such as sunlight and illumination light other than image light entering the screen 10 from the rear side (−Z side) or the image source side (+Z side) will be described.
External light G11 and G12, which are the majority of the external light with a small incident angle to the screen 10, enter the screen 10, pass through the reflective layer 13, and exit toward the rear side and the image source side, respectively. The screen 10 does not include a layer (light diffusion layer) containing a diffusion material such as particles that diffuse light, and the external light G11 enters the light control layer 16 at a second incident angle from the image source side. The external light G12 enters the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the range R2 from the back side at an incident angle corresponding to an angle within the fourth incident angle range R4. Therefore, the external lights G11 and G12 are transmitted through the screen 10 without being diffused by the light control layer 16 .
Therefore, when the observers O1 and O2 observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 10 through the screen 10, they can observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 10 without blurring or whitening. 10 can exhibit high transparency.
 次に、スクリーン10に映像源側上方から入射する外光G13のうち、一部の外光(不図示)は、スクリーン10の表面で反射し、スクリーン下方側へ向かい、観察者O1,O2には届かない。また、外光G13は、映像源側から光制御層16に対して第2入射角度範囲R2内の入射角度で入射するので、拡散されることなく光制御層16を透過し、スクリーン10内を背面側へ向かう。そして、外光G13のうち、一部の外光G14は、反射層13で反射して、スクリーン10の映像源側下方へ向かい、スクリーン10の映像源側下方へ出射したり、スクリーン10の映像源側の表面で全反射して再度スクリーン10内部の下方へ向かい、減衰したりする。また、外光G13のうち、一部の外光G15は、反射層13を透過して、スクリーン10の背面側下方へ出射し、観察者O1,O2には届かない。 Of the external light G13 incident on the screen 10 from above the image source side, part of the external light (not shown) is reflected by the surface of the screen 10, travels downward, and reaches the observers O1 and O2. does not reach. In addition, since the external light G13 is incident on the light control layer 16 from the image source side at an incident angle within the second incident angle range R2, it passes through the light control layer 16 without being diffused and passes through the screen 10. Go to the back side. Part of the external light G14 of the external light G13 is reflected by the reflective layer 13, travels downward on the image source side of the screen 10, is emitted downward on the image source side of the screen 10, or The light is totally reflected by the surface on the source side, travels downward inside the screen 10 again, and is attenuated. A part of the external light G15 of the external light G13 is transmitted through the reflective layer 13 and emitted downward on the back side of the screen 10, and does not reach the observers O1 and O2.
 スクリーン10に背面側上方から入射する外光G16のうち、一部の外光(不図示)は、スクリーン10の表面で反射し、スクリーン下方側へ向かい、観察者O1,O2には届かない。また、外光G16のうち、一部の外光G17は、スクリーン10に入射し、反射層13で拡散反射されるが、背面側上方へ出射するので、観察者O1,O2は届かない。また、外光G16のうち、一部の外光G18は、反射層13を透過して、映像源側下方へ出射する。この外光G18は、光制御層16へ背面側から入射する角度によっては光制御層16によって拡散される場合があるが、スクリーン10の下方へ出射して観察者O1,O2には届かないので、拡散による映像のコントラストへの影響は小さい。
 したがって、スクリーン10は、映像源側上方や背面側上方から入射する外光による映像のコントラストの低下を抑制できる。
Part of the external light G16 incident on the screen 10 from above the rear side (not shown) is reflected by the surface of the screen 10, travels downward, and does not reach the observers O1 and O2. Part of the external light G17 out of the external light G16 enters the screen 10 and is diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13, but is emitted upward on the rear side, so that it does not reach the observers O1 and O2. Part of the external light G18 of the external light G16 is transmitted through the reflective layer 13 and emitted downward on the image source side. This external light G18 may be diffused by the light control layer 16 depending on the angle at which it is incident on the light control layer 16 from the rear side, but is emitted downward from the screen 10 and does not reach the observers O1 and O2. , the effect of diffusion on the image contrast is small.
Therefore, the screen 10 can suppress deterioration of image contrast due to external light incident from the upper side of the image source side or the upper side of the back side.
 本実施形態のスクリーン10の光制御層16に相当する位置に、光を拡散する粒子等の拡散材を含有する光拡散層を備える従来の反射型のスクリーンでは、映像光は、反射層での拡散反射に加えて、光拡散層によって反射層での反射前後の2回拡散されるため、映像光が過度に拡散されて映像のぼけ(解像度が低下)が生じる。
 これに対して、本実施形態によれば、映像光は、反射層13での拡散反射の後は拡散されないので、解像度の高い映像を表示できる。
In a conventional reflective screen provided with a light diffusing layer containing a diffusing material such as particles for diffusing light at a position corresponding to the light control layer 16 of the screen 10 of the present embodiment, image light passes through the reflective layer. In addition to the diffuse reflection, the light is diffused by the light diffusion layer twice, before and after being reflected by the reflection layer. Therefore, the image light is excessively diffused, resulting in image blurring (decrease in resolution).
In contrast, according to the present embodiment, the image light is not diffused after being diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13, so that a high-resolution image can be displayed.
 また、そのような光拡散層を備える従来の反射型のスクリーンでは、光拡散層によって不要な外光も拡散されるため、観察者O1,O2がスクリーン10を通してスクリーン10の向こう側の景色を観察した場合に、スクリーン10の向こう側の景色がぼやけたり、白くにじんだりして観察され、スクリーンとしての透明性が低下したり、映像のコントラストが低下したりする。
 これに対して、本実施形態によれば、スクリーン10は、そのような光拡散層を備えておらず、外光は、その多くが拡散されることなくスクリーンを透過したり、拡散された場合にも図5に示すように観察者O1,O2の視認可能な範囲外へ出射したりする。したがって、観察者O1,O2がスクリーン10を通してスクリーン10の向こう側の景色を観察した場合に、スクリーン10の向こう側の景色がぼやけたり、白くにじんだりすることがなく、スクリーンの透明性を維持でき、かつ、外光が拡散されることによる映像のコントラスト低下を大幅に抑制できる。
In addition, in the conventional reflective screen provided with such a light diffusion layer, the light diffusion layer also diffuses unnecessary external light, so that the observers O1 and O2 observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 10 through the screen 10. In this case, the scenery on the other side of the screen 10 is blurred or whitened, and the transparency of the screen is lowered and the contrast of the image is lowered.
On the other hand, according to the present embodiment, the screen 10 does not have such a light diffusion layer, and most of the external light is transmitted through the screen without being diffused, or diffused. Also, as shown in FIG. 5, the light exits outside the visible range of the observers O1 and O2. Therefore, when the observers O1 and O2 observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 10 through the screen 10, the scenery on the other side of the screen 10 is neither blurred nor blurred, and the transparency of the screen can be maintained. In addition, it is possible to greatly suppress deterioration in image contrast due to diffusion of external light.
 以上のことから、本実施形態によれば、映像のぎらつきを抑制することができ、かつ、映像のぼけ(解像度の低下)を抑制して明瞭な映像を表示できる。
 また、本実施形態によれば、不要な外光が拡散されて観察者に届くことがないので、コントラストの高い映像を表示でき、かつ、透明性の高いスクリーンとすることができる。
 さらに、本実施形態によれば、反射層13を透過した映像光に起因する天井等への映像の映り込みを抑制することができる。
As described above, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress the glare of the image, and suppress the blurring of the image (decrease in resolution) to display a clear image.
Moreover, according to the present embodiment, unnecessary external light is not diffused and reaches the observer, so that a high-contrast image can be displayed and the screen can be made highly transparent.
Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress reflection of an image on the ceiling or the like caused by the image light transmitted through the reflective layer 13 .
(映像のぎらつき等に関する評価)
 ここで、本実施形態のスクリーン10の実施例に相当するスクリーンと、比較例のスクリーンとを用意し、映像のぎらつきの低減効果や映像の明瞭さ等に関して評価した。
 実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンは、いずれも画面サイズが40インチである。
 実施例1の光制御層16は、リンテック株式会社製の視野制御フィルム Y-2555である。
(Evaluation of image glare, etc.)
Here, a screen corresponding to an example of the screen 10 of the present embodiment and a screen of a comparative example were prepared, and the effect of reducing image glare, image clarity, and the like were evaluated.
The screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 each have a screen size of 40 inches.
The light control layer 16 of Example 1 is a view control film Y-2555 manufactured by Lintec Corporation.
 比較例1のスクリーンは、実施形態のスクリーン10と同様の第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層15を備えているが、接合層17a及び光制御層16を備えていない。
 比較例2のスクリーンは、比較例1のスクリーンに対して、第1基材層11の映像源側に接合層17aを介して光制御層16ではなく、光拡散層を積層した形態に相当する。この光拡散層は、光を拡散する粒子を含有した樹脂製の層であり、光の入射角度によらず、光を拡散するという特徴を有する。
 したがって、実施例1のスクリーンと比較例1,2のスクリーンとでは、第1基材層11から第2基材層15までは同じ形態であるが、光制御層16の有無等が相違点となっている。
The screen of Comparative Example 1 includes a first substrate layer 11, a first optically shaped layer 12, a reflective layer 13, a second optically shaped layer 14, and a second substrate layer 15 similar to the screen 10 of the embodiment. However, the bonding layer 17a and the light control layer 16 are not provided.
Compared to the screen of Comparative Example 1, the screen of Comparative Example 2 corresponds to a mode in which a light diffusion layer, not the light control layer 16, is laminated on the image source side of the first base material layer 11 via the bonding layer 17a. . This light diffusion layer is a layer made of resin containing particles that diffuse light, and has the characteristic of diffusing light regardless of the incident angle of light.
Therefore, the screen of Example 1 and the screens of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 have the same configuration from the first substrate layer 11 to the second substrate layer 15, but the presence or absence of the light control layer 16 is different. It's becoming
 なお、実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンにおいて、共通する層の詳細は、以下の通りである。
 第1基材層11は、屈折率1.59であるポリカーボネート樹脂製であり、厚さ0.075mmである。
 第1光学形状層12は、屈折率1.51である紫外線硬化型樹脂(ウレタンアクリレート)製であり、その厚さは、単位光学形状121の高さhにより単位光学形状121の配列方向に変化するが、画面下端中央で0.01mmであり、画面上端中央で0.14mmである。
The details of the layers common to the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 are as follows.
The first base material layer 11 is made of polycarbonate resin with a refractive index of 1.59 and has a thickness of 0.075 mm.
The first optical shape layer 12 is made of an ultraviolet curable resin (urethane acrylate) with a refractive index of 1.51, and its thickness changes in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 depending on the height h of the unit optical shapes 121. However, it is 0.01 mm at the center of the lower edge of the screen and 0.14 mm at the center of the upper edge of the screen.
 反射層13は、クロム製であり、その厚さは数nmである。
 第2光学形状層14は、屈折率1.51である紫外線硬化型樹脂(ウレタンアクリレート)製であり、その厚さは、単位光学形状121の高さhにより単位光学形状121の配列方向に変化するが、画面下端中央で0.14mmであり、画面上端中央で0.01mmである。
 第2基材層15は、屈折率1.59であるポリカーボネート樹脂製であり、厚さ0.075mmである。
The reflective layer 13 is made of chromium and has a thickness of several nanometers.
The second optical shape layer 14 is made of an ultraviolet curable resin (urethane acrylate) with a refractive index of 1.51, and its thickness changes in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 depending on the height h of the unit optical shapes 121. However, it is 0.14 mm at the center of the lower edge of the screen and 0.01 mm at the center of the upper edge of the screen.
The second base material layer 15 is made of polycarbonate resin with a refractive index of 1.59 and has a thickness of 0.075 mm.
 実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンに関して、スペックルコントラスト、ピークゲイン、ピーク輝度、全光線透過率、ヘイズ値をそれぞれ測定し、さらに、目視評価により、映像のぎらつきや明瞭さ、スクリーンの透明性、天井への映像の映り込み(所謂、天井ゴースト)の有無等を評価した。
 また、実施例1のスクリーンの光制御層16及び比較例2の光拡散層についても、それぞれ全光線透過率とヘイズ値とを測定した。
 以下に、スペックルコントラスト、ピークゲイン、ピーク輝度、全光線透過率、ヘイズ値の測定方法等を記載している。
Regarding the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2, the speckle contrast, peak gain, peak brightness, total light transmittance, and haze value were each measured, and visual evaluation was performed to determine the glare and clarity of the image, the screen The transparency of the image, the presence or absence of reflection of images on the ceiling (so-called ceiling ghost), etc. were evaluated.
The total light transmittance and the haze value were also measured for the light control layer 16 of the screen of Example 1 and the light diffusion layer of Comparative Example 2, respectively.
Methods for measuring speckle contrast, peak gain, peak luminance, total light transmittance, haze value, etc. are described below.
 図6は、ピーク輝度等の測定時及び目視評価時における各スクリーンと、映像源LS、輝度計K、観察者O3の位置等を示す図である。
 図6(a)は、ピーク輝度等の測定時における各スクリーン、映像源LS、輝度計K、観察者O3の位置を、側面側(+X側)から見た様子を示している。また、図6(b)は、ピーク輝度等の測定時における各スクリーン、映像源LS、輝度計K、観察者O3の位置を、上側(+Y側)から見た様子を示している。
 なお、図6において、輝度計Kと観察者O3とは、理解を容易にするために、Z方向における位置をずらして示している。
FIG. 6 is a diagram showing the positions of each screen, image source LS, luminance meter K, observer O3, and the like during measurement of peak luminance and the like and visual evaluation.
FIG. 6A shows the positions of each screen, the image source LS, the luminance meter K, and the observer O3 when measuring the peak luminance and the like as viewed from the side (+X side). FIG. 6B shows the positions of each screen, the image source LS, the luminance meter K, and the observer O3 when measuring the peak luminance and the like as viewed from above (+Y side).
In FIG. 6, the luminance meter K and the observer O3 are shown shifted in the Z direction for easy understanding.
 スペックルコントラストとは、単色光をスクリーンに照射した際に、所定の領域における面光強度分布の標準偏差σを、所定の領域における面光強度分布の平均値Iで割った値に相当し、その値が小さいほど、スペックルが小さいと評価される。NEDO(国立研究開発法人 新エネルギー・産業技術総合開発機構)によるスペックルコントラストのガイドラインでは、スペックルコントラストが、赤色光及び緑色光は0.05以上、青色光では0.08以上となると、スペックルが人の目によって視認されやすいとされている。
 ここでは、スペックルコントラストは、国際標準規格であるIEC 62906-5-2/62906-5-4に準拠して測定機(株式会社オキサイド製 Dr.SPECKLE/SM01VS09)を用いて、映像源LSから実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンの全面に緑色画面を投射した状態で測定した。測定は、各スクリーンの画面中央となる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に800mmの位置から、上記測定機により、ひとみ角1度にて測定した。この緑色光のスペックルコントラストに関しては、以下、スペックルコントラストCs(G)とする。
The speckle contrast corresponds to a value obtained by dividing the standard deviation σ of the surface light intensity distribution in a predetermined area by the average value I of the surface light intensity distribution in the predetermined area when the screen is irradiated with monochromatic light. The smaller the value, the smaller the speckle is evaluated. According to the speckle contrast guidelines by NEDO (New Energy and Industrial Technology Development Organization), when the speckle contrast is 0.05 or more for red light and green light, and 0.08 or more for blue light, spec It is said that the le is easily recognized by the human eye.
Here, the speckle contrast is measured from the image source LS using a measuring machine (Dr. SPECKLE/SM01VS09 manufactured by Oxide Co., Ltd.) in accordance with the international standard IEC 62906-5-2/62906-5-4. Measurements were taken in a state where a green screen was projected on the entire surface of the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2. FIG. The measurement was performed at a pupil angle of 1 degree with the above-described measuring machine from a position 800 mm from point A, which is the screen center of each screen, toward the image source (+Z side). The speckle contrast of this green light is hereinafter referred to as speckle contrast Cs(G).
 ピークゲインの算出方法は、以下の通りである。
 まず、実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンを暗室環境下に配置して、映像源LS(リコー株式会社製PJWX-4152N)により白色画面を全面に投射し、図6に示すように、画面中央となる点Aにおける輝度を、輝度計K(トプコン株式会社製 BM-9)により、点Aに対して+Z方向に1mの位置から測定した。輝度計Kによる測定は、輝度計Kの位置を微調整し、最も高い輝度が得られる位置を設定して行い、最大輝度Lmax(cd/m)を測定した。なお、映像源LSの設置位置は、使用した映像源LSの取り扱い説明書に準じた位置となっており、図6(a)に示す断面において点Aにおける映像光の入射角度θは、θ=50°である。
 次に、照度計(トプコン株式会社製 IM-600)にて、スクリーン画面中央となる点Aでの白色画面投影時の照度Iw(lx)を測定した。
 得られた値より、下記式を用いて、ゲインGを算出した。
 G=Lmax×π/Iw
 得られたゲインGは、ピークゲインに相当する。
 なお、ピーク輝度は、上記測定により得られた最大輝度とする。
A method of calculating the peak gain is as follows.
First, the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were placed in a darkroom environment, and a white screen was projected on the entire surface by an image source LS (PJWX-4152N manufactured by Ricoh Co., Ltd.), as shown in FIG. The luminance at point A, which is the center of the screen, was measured from a position 1 m away from point A in the +Z direction using a luminance meter K (BM-9 manufactured by Topcon Corporation). The measurement with the luminance meter K was performed by finely adjusting the position of the luminance meter K, setting the position where the highest luminance was obtained, and measuring the maximum luminance Lmax (cd/m 2 ). The installation position of the image source LS is a position according to the instruction manual of the image source LS used, and the incident angle θ of the image light at the point A in the cross section shown in FIG. 6A is θ= 50°.
Next, an illuminance meter (IM-600 manufactured by Topcon Corporation) was used to measure the illuminance Iw (lx) at the point A, which is the center of the screen, when the white screen was projected.
From the obtained values, the gain G was calculated using the following formula.
G=Lmax×π/Iw
The obtained gain G corresponds to the peak gain.
Note that the peak luminance is the maximum luminance obtained by the above measurement.
 全光線透過率、ヘイズ値に関しては、実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンの画面中央となる点Aを中心として画面左右方向及び画面上下方向に平行な辺を有する10センチ四方の正方形形状の部材を各スクリーンのサンプルとして切り出し、このサンプルを用いて点Aにおける全光線透過率、ヘイズ値の測定を行っている。
 全光線透過率は、入射角度0°で入射した光の透過率である。全光線透過率は、スクリーンのサンプルを用い、JIS K7316に準じて、ヘイズメーター(株式会社村上色彩研究所製のHM-150)により測定した。測定時、サンプルは、スクリーンの使用状態における映像源側(観察者側)の面がヘイズメーターのセンサー側となるように配置した。
Regarding the total light transmittance and the haze value, a 10 cm square having sides parallel to the screen horizontal direction and the screen vertical direction centering on the point A which is the center of the screen of the screen of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 A member is cut out as a sample of each screen, and the total light transmittance and haze value at point A are measured using this sample.
The total light transmittance is the transmittance of light incident at an incident angle of 0°. The total light transmittance was measured using a screen sample according to JIS K7316 with a haze meter (HM-150 manufactured by Murakami Color Laboratory Co., Ltd.). During measurement, the sample was placed so that the image source side (observer side) of the screen in use was on the sensor side of the haze meter.
 ヘイズ値は、前述のように、入射角度0°で入射する光に対する全光線透過率における拡散透過率の割合であり、各スクリーンのサンプルを用い、JIS K7316に準じて、ヘイズメーター(株式会社村上色彩研究所製のHM-150)により測定した。測定時、サンプルは、スクリーンの使用状態における映像源側(観察者側)の面がヘイズメーターのセンサー側となるように配置した。
 また、実施例1のスクリーンの光制御層16、比較例2のスクリーンの光拡散層についても、上述の方法を用いて、全光線透過率、ヘイズ値を測定した。
As described above, the haze value is the ratio of the diffuse transmittance to the total light transmittance for light incident at an incident angle of 0°. Measured with HM-150 manufactured by Shiki Kenkyusho Co., Ltd. During measurement, the sample was placed so that the image source side (viewer side) of the screen in use was on the sensor side of the haze meter.
The light control layer 16 of the screen of Example 1 and the light diffusion layer of the screen of Comparative Example 2 were also measured for total light transmittance and haze value using the above-described methods.
 さらに、目視評価により、実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンに関して、映像のぎらつきの有無、映像の明瞭さ、スクリーンの透明性、天井への映像の映り込みの有無等を行った。
 映像のぎらつきに関しては、実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンに対して、暗室環境下において、映像源LSから白色画面を投射した状態で、各スクリーンの画面の中央となる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に1mの位置から、観察者O3がスクリーンの中央部分を観察して評価した。
Furthermore, the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were visually evaluated for the presence or absence of image glare, the clarity of the image, the transparency of the screen, and the presence or absence of reflection of the image on the ceiling.
With respect to the glare of the image, in a darkroom environment with respect to the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2, in a state where a white screen is projected from the image source LS, from the point A which is the center of the screen of each screen Observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of the screen from a position 1 m away from the image source side (+Z side).
 映像の明瞭さに関しては、実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンに対して、暗室環境下において、映像源LSから静止画(黒背景に白文字)を投射した状態で、スクリーンの画面の中央となる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に1mの位置から、観察者O3がスクリーンの中央部分を観察して評価した。
 スクリーンの透明性に関しては、明室環境下(画面の中心となる点Aでの照度700lx)において、映像源からの映像光の投射無しの状態で、各スクリーンの画面の中央となる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に1mの位置から、観察者O3がスクリーンの中央部分を観察して評価した。
Regarding the clarity of the images, the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 were subjected to projection of a still image (white characters on a black background) from the image source LS in a darkroom environment. An observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of the screen from a position 1 m away from the central point A on the image source side (+Z side).
Regarding the transparency of the screen, in a bright room environment (illuminance of 700 lx at point A, which is the center of the screen), without projection of image light from the image source, from point A, which is the center of the screen of each screen Observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of the screen from a position 1 m away from the image source side (+Z side).
 天井への映像の映り込み(所謂、天井ゴースト)の有無は、実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンに対して、暗室環境下において、映像源LSから静止画(黒背景に白文字)を投射した状態で、各スクリーンを透過した映像光が各スクリーンの背面側(-Z側)であって上側(+Y側)1.5mの位置にある天井に到達して表示される映像を観察して評価した。このとき、各スクリーンと天井との間は開放空間となっているので、観察者O3は、各スクリーンの画面の中央のとなる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に1mの位置から上記の天井を観察して評価した。
 なお、各評価において、観察者O3は、3名であり、評価結果はその平均とした。
The presence or absence of the reflection of the image on the ceiling (so-called ceiling ghost) was determined in a darkroom environment with respect to the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2 by obtaining a still image (white characters on a black background) from the image source LS. is projected, the image light transmitted through each screen reaches the ceiling located 1.5 m above (+Y side) on the back side (-Z side) of each screen and observes the displayed image. and evaluated. At this time, since the space between each screen and the ceiling is an open space, the observer O3 is positioned 1 m from the point A, which is the center of the screen of each screen, toward the image source side (+Z side). The ceiling was observed and evaluated.
In each evaluation, there were three observers O3, and the evaluation results were taken as the average.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
 表1は、実施例1及び比較例1,2のスクリーンの評価結果である。表1において、実施例及び比較例2に用いた光制御層16と、光拡散層の透過率及びヘイズも記載している。
 表1において、ぎらつきは、映像のぎらつきが視認されないものを良として◎で示し、許容範囲内であるが少し視認されるものを可として〇で示し、視認されて不快に感じられるものを不可として×で示した。
 また、表1において、映像の明瞭さは、像ぼけがない明瞭な映像が視認されるものを良として◎で示し、像ぼけ等が少し生じているが十分に明瞭であるものを可として〇で示し、像ぼけが生じており使用に適さないものを不可として×で示した。
Table 1 shows the evaluation results of the screens of Example 1 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2. Table 1 also shows the transmittance and haze of the light control layer 16 and the light diffusion layer used in Example and Comparative Example 2.
In Table 1, glare is indicated by ⊙ when the glare of the image is not visually recognized, indicated by ○ when the glare is within the allowable range but is slightly visible, and is visually uncomfortable. It was indicated by x as being unacceptable.
In addition, in Table 1, the clarity of the image is indicated by ◎ when a clear image without image blur is visually recognized, and by ◯ when there is a little image blur but is sufficiently clear. , and x indicates that the image is blurred and is not suitable for use.
 また、表1において、透明性は、透明性が高いものを良として◎で示し、良に比べてやや透明性は劣るが使用において十分な透明性を有するものを可として〇で示し、スクリーンの向こう側が白く濁って見える等、透明性が損なわれているものを不可として×で示した。
 また、表1において、天井への映像の映り込み(所謂、天井ゴースト)の有無は、スクリーンを透過した映像光によって、天井に投影された映像パターンが認識できないものを良として◎で示し、良に比べ映像パターンが認識できるが不明瞭であるものを可として〇で示し、映像パターンが明瞭に認識できるものを不可として×で示した。
In Table 1, the transparency is indicated by ⊙ when the transparency is high, and when the transparency is slightly inferior to the good but has sufficient transparency in use, it is indicated by ◯. Poor transparency, such as the other side looking white and turbid, was indicated by x as being unsatisfactory.
In Table 1, the presence or absence of reflection of the image on the ceiling (so-called ceiling ghost) is indicated by ◎ when the image pattern projected on the ceiling cannot be recognized by the image light transmitted through the screen. When the image pattern was recognizable but unclear compared to , it was indicated by ◯, and when the image pattern was clearly recognizable, it was indicated by ×.
 なお、総合評価は、各スクリーンについてスペックルコントラストCs(G)や、ピークゲイン、ピーク輝度、透過率、目視評価による映像のぎらつきや映像の明瞭さ、スクリーンの透明性、天井への映像の映り込み等をすべて考慮しての評価であり、映像のぎらつきが低減され、映像が明瞭であり、透明性も十分であり、天井への映像の映り込みが認識できないものを良として◎で示し、良よりは劣るが使用可能であるものを可として〇で示し、使用に適さないものを不可として×で示した。 The overall evaluation is based on the speckle contrast Cs (G), peak gain, peak luminance, transmittance, glare and clarity of images by visual evaluation, screen transparency, and image quality on the ceiling for each screen. This is an evaluation that takes into consideration all reflections, etc., and if the image glare is reduced, the image is clear, the transparency is sufficient, and the reflection of the image on the ceiling is not recognizable, it is evaluated as good. Those that are inferior to good but usable are indicated by ◯, and those that are not suitable for use are indicated by x.
 表1に示すように、第1基材層11よりも映像源側に光制御層16を備えていない比較例1のスクリーンでは、ピークゲインや輝度が高く映像の明るさは十分であり、映像も明瞭であり、透明性も良好であるが、映像のぎらつきが生じており、好ましくない。また、比較例1のスクリーンでは、スクリーンの背面側の天井への映像の映り込みが視認されており、好ましくない。
 また、第1基材層11よりも映像源側に、光拡散層を備えている比較例2のスクリーンでは、スペックルコントラストCs(G)が一番小さく、目視評価においても映像のぎらつきは効果的に抑制されている。しかし、比較例2のスクリーンでは、ピークゲインや輝度が低下して映像が暗くなり、また、目視評価においても映像が不明瞭であり(像ぼけが大きい)、さらに透明性も大きく低下している。これは、光拡散層が、光の入射角度によらず光を拡散するため、照明光等の外光等も拡散されてしまうためと考えられる。さらに、比較例2のスクリーンでは、スクリーンの背面側の天井への映像の映り込みも視認されていた。
As shown in Table 1, the screen of Comparative Example 1, which does not have the light control layer 16 on the image source side of the first base material layer 11, has a high peak gain and brightness, and the brightness of the image is sufficient. It is also clear and has good transparency, but the image glare occurs, which is not preferable. Moreover, in the screen of Comparative Example 1, the reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen is visually recognized, which is not preferable.
In addition, in the screen of Comparative Example 2, which has a light diffusion layer on the image source side of the first base material layer 11, the speckle contrast Cs (G) is the smallest, and even in visual evaluation, there is no glare in the image. effectively suppressed. However, in the screen of Comparative Example 2, the peak gain and luminance decreased, resulting in a darker image. In addition, the image was unclear even in visual evaluation (large image blur), and the transparency was greatly reduced. . This is probably because the light diffusion layer diffuses light irrespective of the incident angle of the light, so external light such as illumination light is also diffused. Furthermore, in the screen of Comparative Example 2, the reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen was visually recognized.
 これに対して、実施例1のスクリーンは、スペックルコントラストCs(G)も0.05未満であり、目視評価でも十分に映像のぎらつきを低減できている。また、ピークゲインやピーク輝度も十分確保され、かつ、目視評価においても、映像は明瞭であり、透明性も十分であり、スクリーンの背面側の天井への映像の映り込みも視認されなかった。 On the other hand, the screen of Example 1 also has a speckle contrast Cs (G) of less than 0.05, and the glare of the image can be sufficiently reduced even by visual evaluation. In addition, sufficient peak gain and peak luminance were secured, and in visual evaluation, the image was clear and sufficiently transparent, and no reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen was visually recognized.
 以上のことから、本実施形態によれば、明瞭な映像を表示でき、かつ、映像のぎらつきを低減できるスクリーン10及び映像表示装置1を提供できる。
 また、本実施形態によれば、上述の効果を有しながら、さらに、スクリーン10の透明性も十分に確保できる。さらに、本実施形態によれば、スクリーンの背面側の天井への映像の映り込みも抑制できる。
As described above, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to provide the screen 10 and the image display device 1 capable of displaying a clear image and reducing the glare of the image.
Further, according to the present embodiment, the transparency of the screen 10 can be sufficiently ensured while having the above effects. Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to suppress reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen.
(第2実施形態)
 図7は、第2実施形態のスクリーン20の層構成を示す図である。
 図7では、前述の第1実施形態の図2と同様に、スクリーン20の画面中央(画面の幾何学的中心)となる点(図1に示す点Aに相当する点)を通り、画面上下方向(Y方向)に平行であって、スクリーン面に直交(Z方向に平行)する断面の一部を拡大して示している。
 第2実施形態のスクリーン20は、反射層13よりも背面側となる部分の厚みが大きい点と、第2基材層25の背面側に接合層17cを介して調光層30を備えている点とが、前述の第1実施形態に示したスクリーン10とは異なるが、それ以外は、前述の第1実施形態と同様の形態である。したがって、以下の説明において、前述した第1実施形態と同様の機能を果たす部分には、同一の符号又は末尾に同一の符号を付して、重複する説明を適宜省略する。
(Second embodiment)
FIG. 7 is a diagram showing the layer structure of the screen 20 of the second embodiment.
In FIG. 7, as in FIG. 2 of the first embodiment described above, a point (a point corresponding to point A shown in FIG. 1) that is the center of the screen (the geometric center of the screen) of the screen 20 is passed through, and A part of the cross section parallel to the direction (Y direction) and orthogonal to the screen surface (parallel to the Z direction) is shown enlarged.
The screen 20 of the second embodiment has a thicker portion on the back side than the reflective layer 13, and the light control layer 30 is provided on the back side of the second base material layer 25 via the bonding layer 17c. The screen 10 is different from the screen 10 shown in the above-described first embodiment except for the points, but otherwise has the same form as the above-described first embodiment. Therefore, in the following description, portions that perform the same functions as those of the first embodiment described above are denoted by the same reference numerals or the same reference numerals at the end thereof, and overlapping explanations are omitted as appropriate.
 図7に示すように、第2実施形態のスクリーン20は、スクリーン20の厚み方向(Z方向)において、その映像源側(+Z側)から順に、光制御層16、接合層17a、第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層25、接合層17c、調光層30を備えている。このスクリーン20は、第1実施形態のスクリーン10に換えて、映像表示装置1に適用可能である。
 本実施形態のスクリーン20においても、接合層17aと第1基材層11とを合わせた厚み、すなわち、スクリーン10の厚み方向(Z方向)における第1光学形状層12の映像源側(+Z側)の面と、光制御層16の背面側(-Z側)の面との間の距離D1は、0.5mm以下であることが像ぼけ等を低減する観点から好ましい。
As shown in FIG. 7, the screen 20 of the second embodiment includes the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the first substrate, and the image source side (+Z side) in order in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 20. A material layer 11 , a first optically shaped layer 12 , a reflective layer 13 , a second optically shaped layer 14 , a second substrate layer 25 , a bonding layer 17 c and a light control layer 30 are provided. This screen 20 can be applied to the video display device 1 in place of the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
Also in the screen 20 of the present embodiment, the combined thickness of the bonding layer 17a and the first base layer 11, that is, the image source side (+Z side) of the first optical shape layer 12 in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 10 ) and the rear surface side (−Z side) surface of the light control layer 16 is preferably 0.5 mm or less from the viewpoint of reducing image blur.
 本実施形態の第2基材層25は、第1実施形態の第2基材層15よりも厚みが大きく、スクリーン20のスクリーン面の平面性を維持するために十分な剛性を有している。したがって、スクリーン20は、第1実施形態で示した不図示の支持板等に接合しなくとも、スクリーン20としての平面性を十分に維持することができる。なお、スクリーン20の背面側に、不図示の接合層を介して、前述のような支持板を接合し、スクリーン面の平面性の向上をさらに図ってもよい。
 第2基材層25は、例えば、透明性の高いアクリル樹脂やポリカーボネート樹脂、ガラス等により形成された板状の部材が好適に用いられる。第2基材層25の厚みは、3~8mm程度が好適であり、スクリーン20の画面サイズ等に応じて適宜選択できる。
The second base material layer 25 of the present embodiment is thicker than the second base material layer 15 of the first embodiment, and has sufficient rigidity to maintain the flatness of the screen surface of the screen 20. . Therefore, the screen 20 can sufficiently maintain flatness as the screen 20 without being joined to a support plate or the like (not shown) shown in the first embodiment. It should be noted that the support plate as described above may be joined to the back side of the screen 20 via a joining layer (not shown) to further improve the flatness of the screen surface.
A plate-shaped member made of highly transparent acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, glass, or the like is preferably used for the second base material layer 25 . The thickness of the second base material layer 25 is preferably about 3 to 8 mm, and can be appropriately selected according to the screen size of the screen 20 and the like.
 また、上述のような第2基材層25を備えているので、本実施形態のスクリーン20は、その厚み方向(Z方向)において、調光層30の映像源側(+Z側)の面から第2光学形状層14の背面側(-Z側)の面までの距離D2は、光制御層16の背面側(-Z側)の面から第1光学形状層12の映像源側(+Z側)の面までの距離D1よりも大きい。すなわち、調光層30の映像源側(+Z側)の面から反射層13までの最短距離は、光制御層16の背面側(-Z側)の面から反射層13までの最短距離よりも大きい。
 これにより、スクリーン20としての平面性を維持できる厚みを確保しつつ、距離D1を小さくすることができる。したがって、光制御層16から反射層13までの距離も小さくできるので、光制御層16に第1入射角度範囲R1内の入射角度で入射した映像光が、光制御層16で拡散されてスクリーン20内を広がりながら進むことにより、反射層13で反射される位置が離れてしまうことに起因する2重像等の像ぼけを低減することができる。
In addition, since the screen 20 of the present embodiment is provided with the second base material layer 25 as described above, the screen 20 of the present embodiment can The distance D2 from the back side (−Z side) surface of the second optical shape layer 14 is from the back side (−Z side) surface of the light control layer 16 to the image source side (+Z side) of the first optical shape layer 12. ) is greater than the distance D1 to the surface of That is, the shortest distance from the image source side (+Z side) surface of the light control layer 30 to the reflective layer 13 is longer than the shortest distance from the back side (−Z side) surface of the light control layer 16 to the reflective layer 13. big.
As a result, the distance D1 can be reduced while ensuring a thickness that allows the flatness of the screen 20 to be maintained. Therefore, since the distance from the light control layer 16 to the reflective layer 13 can also be reduced, the image light incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 is diffused by the light control layer 16 to form the screen 20. By advancing while expanding inside, it is possible to reduce image blur such as double images caused by the position reflected by the reflective layer 13 being separated.
 仮に、本実施形態のスクリーンと同様に第2基材層25を備え、かつ、後述する調光層30を備えていないスクリーンの場合、第2基材層25の厚みにより、反射層13よりも背面側の厚みが大きくなる。そのため、このようなスクリーンでは、第1入射角度範囲R1内の角度で光制御層16に入射した映像光は拡散され、スクリーン内を背面側に進むにつれて大きく広がる。そして、スクリーンの背面側の空気との界面で一部の映像光が全反射して映像源側へ向かい、スクリーンから観察者側へ出射すると、2重像等の像ぼけとして視認され、映像の品位が低下する。
 また、反射層13を透過した映像光の一部は、前述したように、天井への映像の映り込みを生じさせる。
 これらを改善するために、本実施形態のスクリーン20は、調光層30を第2基材層25の背面側(-Z側)に備えている。
If the screen has the second base material layer 25 like the screen of the present embodiment and does not have the light control layer 30 described later, the thickness of the second base material layer 25 is greater than that of the reflective layer 13. Thickness on the back side increases. Therefore, in such a screen, the image light incident on the light control layer 16 at an angle within the first incident angle range R1 is diffused, and spreads widely as it travels toward the rear side within the screen. A portion of the image light is totally reflected at the interface with the air on the back side of the screen, travels toward the image source, and emerges from the screen toward the observer. Decrease in quality.
Also, part of the image light that has passed through the reflective layer 13 causes reflection of the image on the ceiling, as described above.
In order to improve these, the screen 20 of this embodiment has the light control layer 30 on the back side (−Z side) of the second base material layer 25 .
 接合層17cは、第2基材層25と調光層30とを一体に接合する機能を有する層である。接合層17cは、前述の接合層17aと同様に、光透過性の高い接着材や粘着材等を用いることができる。 The joining layer 17c is a layer having a function of joining the second base material layer 25 and the light control layer 30 together. For the bonding layer 17c, similarly to the bonding layer 17a described above, an adhesive material, a pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like having high optical transparency can be used.
 調光層30は、入射する光の一部を吸収し、一部を透過する光吸収層である。本実施形態の調光層30は、印加電圧を変化させることにより透過光の光量を制御することができるフィルムであり、入射する光の少なくとも一部を吸収することにより、透過光の光量、すなわち、光の透過率を制御する機能を有する。
 本実施形態の調光層30は、二色性色素を使用したゲストホスト型の液晶セルであり、液晶に印加する電界により透過光量を変化させる液晶セルである。調光層30は、フィルム状の液晶用第2積層体30B及び液晶用第1積層体30Aにより液晶層36を挟持して構成される。
The light control layer 30 is a light absorption layer that partially absorbs and partially transmits incident light. The light modulating layer 30 of the present embodiment is a film that can control the amount of transmitted light by changing the applied voltage, and absorbs at least part of the incident light to reduce the amount of transmitted light, i.e. , has the function of controlling the transmittance of light.
The light control layer 30 of this embodiment is a guest-host type liquid crystal cell using a dichroic dye, and is a liquid crystal cell that changes the amount of transmitted light by an electric field applied to the liquid crystal. The light control layer 30 is configured by sandwiching a liquid crystal layer 36 between a film-like second laminate 30B for liquid crystal and a first laminate 30A for liquid crystal.
 液晶用第2積層体30Bは、基材31Bに、透明電極32B、配向層33B、ビーズスペーサー34を積層して形成される。
 液晶用第1積層体30Aは、基材31Aに、透明電極32A、配向層33Aを積層して形成される。
 調光層30は、この液晶用第1積層体30A及び液晶用第2積層体30Bに設けられた透明電極32A,32Bの駆動により、液晶層36に設けられたゲストホスト液晶組成物による液晶材料の配向を変化させ、これにより透過光の光量を変化させる。
The second laminate for liquid crystal 30B is formed by laminating a transparent electrode 32B, an alignment layer 33B, and bead spacers 34 on a substrate 31B.
The first laminate for liquid crystal 30A is formed by laminating a transparent electrode 32A and an alignment layer 33A on a substrate 31A.
The light control layer 30 is formed of a liquid crystal material of a guest-host liquid crystal composition provided in the liquid crystal layer 36 by driving the transparent electrodes 32A and 32B provided in the first liquid crystal laminate 30A and the second liquid crystal laminate 30B. orientation is changed, thereby changing the amount of transmitted light.
 基材31A,31Bは、種々の透明樹脂フィルムを適用することができるが、光学異方性が小さく、また、可視域の波長(380~800nm)における透過率が80%以上である透明樹脂フィルムを適用することが望ましい。
 透明樹脂フィルムの材料としては、例えば、トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)等のアセチルセルロース系樹脂、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)等のポリエステル系樹脂、ポリエチレン(PE)、ポリプロピレン(PP)、ポリスチレン、ポリメチルペンテン、EVA等のポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン等のビニル系樹脂、アクリル系樹脂、ポリウレタン系樹脂、ポリサルホン(PEF)、ポリエーテルサルホン(PES)、ポリカーボネート(PC)、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテル(PE)、ポリエーテルケトン(PEK)、(メタ)アクロニトリル、シクロオレフィンポリマー(COP)、シクロオレフィンコポリマー等の樹脂を挙げることができる。
 透明樹脂フィルムの材料としては、特に、ポリカーボネート(PC)、シクロオレフィンポリマー(COP)、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)等の樹脂が好ましい。
 基材31A,31Bは、種々の厚みの透明樹脂フィルムを適用することができる。
Various transparent resin films can be applied to the substrates 31A and 31B, but a transparent resin film having a small optical anisotropy and a transmittance of 80% or more in the visible wavelength range (380 to 800 nm) is used. should be applied.
Materials for the transparent resin film include, for example, acetylcellulose resins such as triacetylcellulose (TAC), polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyethylene (PE), and polypropylene (PP). , polystyrene, polymethylpentene, EVA and other polyolefin resins, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride and other vinyl resins, acrylic resins, polyurethane resins, polysulfone (PEF), polyethersulfone (PES), polycarbonate ( PC), polysulfone, polyether (PE), polyetherketone (PEK), (meth)acrylonitrile, cycloolefin polymer (COP), cycloolefin copolymer and the like.
Resins such as polycarbonate (PC), cycloolefin polymer (COP), and polyethylene terephthalate (PET) are particularly preferable as materials for the transparent resin film.
Transparent resin films of various thicknesses can be applied to the substrates 31A and 31B.
 透明電極(第1電極)32A、透明電極(第2電極)32Bは、透明樹脂フィルムに積層される透明導電膜から構成されている。
 透明導電膜としては、この種の透明樹脂フィルムに適用される各種の透明電極材料を適用することができ、酸化物系の全光透過率が50%以上の透明な金属薄膜を挙げることができる。例えば、酸化錫系、酸化インジウム系、酸化亜鉛系が挙げられる。
The transparent electrode (first electrode) 32A and the transparent electrode (second electrode) 32B are composed of a transparent conductive film laminated on a transparent resin film.
As the transparent conductive film, various transparent electrode materials that are applied to this type of transparent resin film can be applied, and an oxide-based transparent metal thin film having a total light transmittance of 50% or more can be used. . Examples include tin oxide, indium oxide, and zinc oxide.
 酸化錫(SnO)系としてはネサ(酸化錫SnO)、ATO(Antimony Tin Oxide:アンチモンドープ酸化錫)、フッ素ドープ酸化錫が挙げられる。
 酸化インジウム(In)系としては、酸化インジウム、ITO(Indium Tin Oxide:インジウム錫酸化物)、IZO(Indium Zinc Oxide)が挙げられる。
 酸化亜鉛(ZnO)系としては、酸化亜鉛、AZO(アルミドープ酸化亜鉛)、ガリウムドープ酸化亜鉛が挙げられる。
 本実施形態では、ITO(Indium Tin oxide)により透明導電膜が形成される。
Tin oxide (SnO 2 )-based materials include Nesa (tin oxide SnO 2 ), ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide), and fluorine-doped tin oxide.
Indium oxide (In 2 O 3 )-based materials include indium oxide, ITO (Indium Tin Oxide), and IZO (Indium Zinc Oxide).
Zinc oxide (ZnO) systems include zinc oxide, AZO (aluminum-doped zinc oxide), and gallium-doped zinc oxide.
In this embodiment, the transparent conductive film is formed of ITO (Indium Tin oxide).
 本実施形態ではスペーサーとして球形状のビーズスペーサー34を用いる。ビーズスペーサー34は、液晶層36における外周部を除く部分の厚み(セルギャップ)を規定するために設けられる。ビーズスペーサー34は、シリカ等による無機材料による構成、有機材料による構成、これらを組み合わせたコアシェル構造の構成等を広く適用することができる。また、ビーズスペーサー34の形状は、上述した球形状の構成の他、円柱形状や角柱形状等で構成されたロッド形状としてもよい。
 ただし、液晶層36の厚みを規定するスペーサーとしては、ビーズスペーサー34に限定されず、例えば、フォトレジストを基材31A、又は、基材31Bに塗工して露光、現像することにより円柱形状等に作製してもよい。
 なお、上述の説明では、スペーサーは、液晶用第2積層体30Bに設けられる例を示したが、これに限定されるものでなく、液晶用第1積層体30A、液晶用第2積層体30Bの両方、又は、液晶用第1積層体30Aにのみ設けられるようにしてもよい。
In this embodiment, spherical bead spacers 34 are used as spacers. The bead spacers 34 are provided to define the thickness (cell gap) of the liquid crystal layer 36 excluding the outer peripheral portion. The bead spacers 34 can be widely applied with inorganic materials such as silica, organic materials, core-shell structures combining these materials, and the like. Further, the shape of the bead spacer 34 may be a rod shape such as a columnar shape or a prismatic shape, in addition to the spherical configuration described above.
However, the spacers that define the thickness of the liquid crystal layer 36 are not limited to the bead spacers 34. For example, a photoresist is applied to the substrate 31A or 31B, exposed to light, and developed to form a cylindrical shape. can be made to
In the above description, an example in which the spacers are provided in the second liquid crystal laminate 30B is shown, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the first liquid crystal laminate 30A and the second liquid crystal laminate 30B , or may be provided only in the first liquid crystal laminate 30A.
 配向層33A,33Bは、液晶分子群を一定方向に配列させるための膜である。例えば、配向層33A,33Bは、配向膜そのものの状態としてもよいし、もしくは、光配向処理やラビング処理により配向処理を行って作製してもよいし、微細なライン状凹凸形状を賦型処理して配向層を作製してもよい。なお、配向層33A,33Bの作製方法は、上述した方法に限らず、適宜異なる方法を用いてもよい。
 本実施形態では、ラビング用ポリイミド樹脂層を配向層33A,33Bとして用いている。
 また、本実施形態では、調光層30は、配向層33A,33Bを備える形態を示したが、これに限らず、配向層33A,33Bを備えない形態としてもよい。
The alignment layers 33A and 33B are films for aligning liquid crystal molecules in a certain direction. For example, the alignment layers 33A and 33B may be in the state of the alignment films themselves, or may be manufactured by subjecting them to alignment treatment such as photo-alignment treatment or rubbing treatment, or they may be produced by shaping fine line-shaped irregularities. may be used to produce an alignment layer. Note that the method of manufacturing the alignment layers 33A and 33B is not limited to the method described above, and different methods may be used as appropriate.
In this embodiment, rubbing polyimide resin layers are used as the alignment layers 33A and 33B.
Moreover, in the present embodiment, the light modulating layer 30 has the orientation layers 33A and 33B. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the orientation layers 33A and 33B may not be provided.
 液晶層(調光材料としての液晶材料)36には、二色性色素組成物を使用したゲストホスト液晶組成物を広く適用することができる。ゲストホスト液晶組成物にはカイラル剤を含有させるようにして、液晶材料を水平配向(調光層30の平面方向に平行に配向、液晶層36の厚み方向に対して直交する方向に配向)させた場合に液晶層36の厚み方向において螺旋形状となるように配向させるようにしてもよい。なお、調光層30において、液晶層36を囲むように、シール材35が配置されている。このシール材35により、液晶用第1積層体30A、液晶用第2積層体30Bが一体に保持され、液晶材料の漏出が防止される。シール材35は、例えばエポキシ樹脂、アクリル樹脂等の熱硬化性樹脂や紫外線硬化型樹脂等を適用することができる。 A guest-host liquid crystal composition using a dichroic dye composition can be widely applied to the liquid crystal layer (liquid crystal material as a light modulating material) 36 . The guest-host liquid crystal composition contains a chiral agent, and the liquid crystal material is horizontally aligned (aligned parallel to the plane direction of the light control layer 30 and aligned in a direction orthogonal to the thickness direction of the liquid crystal layer 36). In this case, the liquid crystal layer 36 may be oriented in a spiral shape in the thickness direction. In addition, in the dimming layer 30 , a sealing material 35 is arranged so as to surround the liquid crystal layer 36 . The sealing material 35 holds the first liquid crystal laminate 30A and the second liquid crystal laminate 30B together, thereby preventing leakage of the liquid crystal material. For the sealing material 35, for example, a thermosetting resin such as an epoxy resin or an acrylic resin, an ultraviolet curable resin, or the like can be applied.
 調光層30は、遮光時におけるゲストホスト液晶組成物の配向が無電界時に形成されるように、配向層33B,33Aを一定の方向にプレチルトに係る配向規制力を設定した水平配向層に構成し、これによりノーマリーダークにより構成される。
 ここで、ノーマリーダークとは、液晶に電圧がかかっていない時に透過率が最小となり、黒い画面となる構造である。また、ノーマリークリアとは、液晶に電圧がかかっていない時に透過率が最大となり、透明となる構造である。なお、調光層30は、遮光時における配向が、電圧印加時に形成されるようにして、ノーマリークリアにより構成してもよい。
The light-modulating layer 30 is configured by horizontally aligning the alignment layers 33B and 33A with an alignment regulating force related to pretilt in a certain direction so that the alignment of the guest-host liquid crystal composition when light is shielded is formed when no electric field is applied. , which is normally dark.
Here, normally dark means a structure in which the transmittance is minimized when no voltage is applied to the liquid crystal, resulting in a black screen. Also, normally clear is a structure in which the transmittance is maximized and the liquid crystal becomes transparent when no voltage is applied to the liquid crystal. The light modulating layer 30 may be configured as normally clear so that the orientation at the time of light blocking is formed at the time of voltage application.
 なお、本実施形態の調光層30は、ゲストホスト型の液晶セルとしたが、二色性色素組成物を用いない液晶セルとして構成してもよい。この場合、直線偏光層をさらに設けることで、調光セルとして機能させることができる。
 また、液晶の駆動方式として、TN(Twisted Nematic)方式、VA(Vertical Alignment)方式、IPS(In-Plane-Switching)方式等の各種駆動方式が知られているが、これら公知の駆動方式を適宜選択して用いることができる。
Although the light modulating layer 30 of the present embodiment is a guest-host type liquid crystal cell, it may be configured as a liquid crystal cell that does not use a dichroic dye composition. In this case, by further providing a linear polarizing layer, it can be made to function as a light control cell.
Various driving methods such as TN (Twisted Nematic) method, VA (Vertical Alignment) method, and IPS (In-Plane-Switching) method are known as driving methods of liquid crystal. It can be selected and used.
 図8は、調光層30の液晶材料の配向の様子を示す図である。図8では、理解を容易にするために、透明電極32A,32B及び配向層33A,33Bと、液晶材料(液晶組成物36a及び二色性色素36b)のみを示しており、図8(a)は、遮光時(電圧印加なし)を示し、図8(b)は、透光時(電圧印加時)を示してる。
 本実施形態の調光層30は、ノーマリーダークであるため、図8(a)に示すように、電圧を印加しない状態(無電界時)では、液晶組成物36a及び二色性色素36bは、一方向に水平配向するように、すなわち、液晶組成物36a及び二色性色素36bの長軸方向が、一方向であって透明電極32A,32B及び配向層33A,33Bに対して平行な方向(所謂、水平方向)に配向される。この状態においては、調光層30に入射する光(図8(a)に示す光La,Lb)は、その入射角度によらず、その多くが二色性色素36bに吸収され、透過率が最小となる遮光状態となる。
FIG. 8 is a diagram showing how the liquid crystal material of the light control layer 30 is oriented. In FIG. 8, only the transparent electrodes 32A and 32B, the alignment layers 33A and 33B, and the liquid crystal material (the liquid crystal composition 36a and the dichroic dye 36b) are shown for easy understanding. indicates the time when light is shielded (no voltage application), and FIG. 8(b) indicates the time when light is transmitted (when voltage is applied).
Since the light-modulating layer 30 of the present embodiment is normally dark, as shown in FIG. , so that the liquid crystal composition 36a and the dichroic dye 36b are horizontally aligned in one direction, that is, the long axis direction of the liquid crystal composition 36a and the dichroic dye 36b is in one direction and parallel to the transparent electrodes 32A and 32B and the alignment layers 33A and 33B. (the so-called horizontal direction). In this state, most of the light incident on the light modulating layer 30 (lights La and Lb shown in FIG. 8A) is absorbed by the dichroic dye 36b regardless of the incident angle, and the transmittance is reduced to It becomes the minimum light blocking state.
 また、本実施形態の調光層30は、ノーマリーダークであるため、図8(b)に示すように、電圧を印加した状態(電界印加時)では、液晶組成物36a及び二色性色素36bは、一方向に垂直配向するように、すなわち、液晶組成物36a及び二色性色素36bの長軸方向が、一方向であって、透明電極32A,32B及び配向層33A,33B及びに対して垂直な方向(所謂、垂直方向)に配向される。この状態においては、調光層30に入射する光のうち、入射角度が0°や0°近傍である等、小さな入射角度で入射する光Laは、液晶層36(調光層30)を透過するが、入射角度が大きくなるにつれて二色性色素による光の吸収率が大きくなり、調光層30に対して斜め方向から大きな入射角度で入射する光Lbは、その多くが二色性色素36bに吸収されて透過率が大きく低下する。すなわち、調光層30は、大きな入射角度で入射する光に対する吸収率が、入射角度が0°や0°近傍である等、小さな入射角度で入射する光に対する吸収率よりも大きい。
 そのため、調光層30は、電圧印加時には、その厚み方向(Z方向)に平行な方向の光の透過率が高く、入射角度が大きくなるにつれてその透過率が低下し、厚み方向に対して斜め方向から大きな入射角度で入射する光に対しては透過率が低い状態となる。本実施形態では、調光層30のこのような状態を、透光状態と呼ぶ。
 なお、本実施形態では、大きな入射角度とは、入射角度40°以上であるとする。
Further, since the light control layer 30 of the present embodiment is normally dark, as shown in FIG. 36b is vertically aligned in one direction, that is, the long axis direction of the liquid crystal composition 36a and the dichroic dye 36b is in one direction, and the transparent electrodes 32A, 32B and the alignment layers 33A, 33B and oriented in the vertical direction (the so-called vertical direction). In this state, of the light incident on the light control layer 30, light La that is incident at a small incident angle such as an incident angle of 0° or near 0° is transmitted through the liquid crystal layer 36 (light control layer 30). However, as the incident angle increases, the light absorptivity of the dichroic dye increases, and most of the light Lb incident on the light control layer 30 obliquely at a large incident angle is absorbed by the dichroic dye 36b. is absorbed by the light, and the transmittance is greatly reduced. That is, the light modulating layer 30 has a higher absorptivity for light incident at a large incident angle than for light incident at a small incident angle such as 0° or near 0°.
Therefore, when a voltage is applied, the light modulating layer 30 has a high transmittance for light in a direction parallel to its thickness direction (Z direction), and as the incident angle increases, the transmittance decreases, and the light transmittance increases obliquely to the thickness direction. A state of low transmittance is obtained for light incident from a direction at a large incident angle. In this embodiment, such a state of the light modulating layer 30 is referred to as a translucent state.
In this embodiment, the large incident angle is defined as an incident angle of 40° or more.
 このような調光層30を備えることにより、以下のような効果を奏することができる。
 調光層30が遮光状態である場合、調光層30は、入射角度に依らず多くの光を吸収するため、黒画面状態となる。したがって、調光層30を遮光状態として、映像源LSから映像光をスクリーン20へ投射すると、映像の黒輝度を下げ、映像のコントラストを大きく向上させることができる。
 また、スクリーン20が調光層30を備えていない場合に、反射層13を透過した映像光が、スクリーン20の背面側の空気界面で全反射して映像源側の面から出射し、2重像等の像ぼけを招くことがあるが、スクリーン20は、調光層30によりこのような2重像等の要因となる映像光を吸収でき、2重像等の像ぼけを大幅に抑制して、明瞭な映像を表示できる。
 さらに、調光層30は、反射層13を透過して、スクリーン20の背面側上方へ向かう映像光を吸収するので、スクリーン20の背面側の天井への映像の映り込みを大幅に抑制できる。
By providing such a light modulating layer 30, the following effects can be obtained.
When the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-shielding state, the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs a large amount of light regardless of the incident angle, resulting in a black screen state. Therefore, by projecting the image light from the image source LS onto the screen 20 with the light control layer 30 in the light shielding state, the black luminance of the image can be lowered and the contrast of the image can be greatly improved.
In addition, when the screen 20 does not have the light control layer 30, the image light transmitted through the reflection layer 13 is totally reflected by the air interface on the back side of the screen 20 and emitted from the surface on the image source side. However, the light modulating layer 30 of the screen 20 can absorb the image light that causes such double images, thereby greatly suppressing the image blur such as double images. display a clear image.
Furthermore, since the light modulating layer 30 absorbs the image light that passes through the reflection layer 13 and travels upward on the back side of the screen 20, reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen 20 can be greatly suppressed.
 次に、調光層30が透光状態である場合、スクリーン20の背面側の上方等から大きな入射角度で入射する太陽光や照明光等の外光の多くを調光層30により吸収しつつ、スクリーン20の正面方向におけるスクリーン20の透明性を十分に確保することができる。したがって、スクリーン20は、外光に起因するスクリーンの曇り(ヘイズ)が抑制され、その透明性を向上させることができる。
 なお、調光層30を透光状態として映像光を投射する場合には、スクリーン20の背面側上方等から大きな入射角度で入射する外光の多くが調光層30により吸収されるので、調光層30を有していないスクリーンと比較して、映像のコントラストを向上させることができる。また、前述のような像ぼけの抑制や天井への映像の映り込み抑制の効果も、遮光状態である場合に比べて低下するが、期待できる。
Next, when the light-modulating layer 30 is in a light-transmitting state, the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the external light such as sunlight and illumination light that enters from above the back side of the screen 20 at a large incident angle. , the transparency of the screen 20 in the front direction of the screen 20 can be sufficiently ensured. Therefore, the screen 20 is prevented from fogging (haze) caused by external light, and can improve its transparency.
When image light is projected with the light-modulating layer 30 in a light-transmitting state, much of the external light that enters from above the rear side of the screen 20 at a large angle of incidence is absorbed by the light-modulating layer 30 . Compared to screens without the light layer 30, the image contrast can be improved. In addition, although the effects of suppressing image blurring and suppressing reflection of images on the ceiling as described above are lower than in the light-shielded state, they can be expected.
 図9は、第2実施形態のスクリーン20に入射する映像光及び外光の一例を示す図である。図9では、図7に示すスクリーン20の断面と同様の断面の一部を拡大して示している。また、図9では、理解を容易にするために、調光層30に関してはその構成を省略して示している。また、図9では、理解を容易にするために、各層間の屈折率差はないものとして示している。
 スクリーン20の下方に位置する映像源LSから投射された映像光L21は、第1入射角度範囲R1内の入射角度で光制御層16に入射して拡散され、接合層17a及び第1基材層11を透過して第1光学形状層12へ入射する。そして、映像光L21の一部である映像光L22は、単位光学形状121の第1斜面121aの反射層13によって拡散反射され、映像源側(+Z側)へ出射する。このとき、映像光L22は、図9に示すスクリーン20の断面において、光制御層16に対して背面側から第4入射角度範囲R4の入射角度(特に、入射角度0°及び0°近傍)に相当する角度で入射するので、光制御層16では拡散されることなく映像源側へ出射して観察者O1側に届く。
FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 20 of the second embodiment. FIG. 9 shows an enlarged part of a cross section similar to the cross section of the screen 20 shown in FIG. Further, in FIG. 9, the configuration of the light control layer 30 is omitted for easy understanding. In addition, in FIG. 9, in order to facilitate understanding, it is assumed that there is no refractive index difference between the layers.
The image light L21 projected from the image source LS positioned below the screen 20 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 and diffused to pass through the bonding layer 17a and the first base material layer. 11 and enters the first optical shaped layer 12 . The image light L22, which is a part of the image light L21, is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13 of the first slope 121a of the unit optical shape 121 and emitted to the image source side (+Z side). At this time, in the cross section of the screen 20 shown in FIG. 9, the image light L22 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the fourth incident angle range R4 (in particular, an incident angle of 0° and near 0°) from the rear side. Since the light is incident at a corresponding angle, it is emitted to the image source side without being diffused by the light control layer 16 and reaches the observer O1 side.
 上述のように、映像光L22は、第1入射角度範囲R1の範囲内で光制御層16に入射し、反射層13によって拡散反射されている。これにより、映像光L22は、好適に拡散され、スクリーン20は、十分な視野角で映像を表示できる。
 また、映像光L22は、スクリーン20への入射時の光制御層16で拡散され、反射層13で拡散反射されるので、スクリーン20の厚み方向において異なる位置で2回拡散される。これにより、スクリーン20は、映像のぎらつき(スペックル)を低減でき、かつ、過度な拡散による像ぼけ(解像度の低下)を抑制できる。
As described above, the image light L22 enters the light control layer 16 within the first incident angle range R1 and is diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13 . Thereby, the image light L22 is preferably diffused, and the screen 20 can display an image with a sufficient viewing angle.
Further, the image light L22 is diffused by the light control layer 16 when incident on the screen 20 and is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13, so that it is diffused twice at different positions in the thickness direction of the screen 20. FIG. As a result, the screen 20 can reduce image glare (speckle) and suppress image blurring (decrease in resolution) due to excessive diffusion.
 また、映像光L21のうち、一部の映像光L23は、反射層13を透過して背面側へ向かい、第2光学形状層14を透過して調光層30の映像源側の面に対して斜めに入射する。このような映像光L23は、調光層30が透光状態であっても遮光状態であっても調光層30によりその多くが吸収される。したがって、このような映像光L23により、背面側に映像が表示されることはなく、また、天井への映像の映り込み等も抑制できる。 A part of the image light L23 of the image light L21 is transmitted through the reflection layer 13 toward the rear side, and transmitted through the second optical shape layer 14 to the surface of the light control layer 30 on the image source side. incident obliquely. Most of such image light L23 is absorbed by the light control layer 30 regardless of whether the light control layer 30 is in the light transmitting state or the light blocking state. Therefore, such image light L23 prevents the image from being displayed on the back side, and can suppress reflection of the image on the ceiling.
 次に、背面側(-Z側)又は映像源側(+Z側)からスクリーン20に入射する映像光以外の太陽光や照明光等の外光について説明する。
 また、調光層30が遮光状態である場合、スクリーン20への入射角度が小さい外光G21,G22、映像源側上方からスクリーン20へ大きな入射角度で入射して反射層13を透過した外光G25、背面側上方からスクリーン20へ大きな入射角度で入射する外光G26は、その多くが調光層30に吸収され、観察者O1,O2には、調光層30(スクリーン20)は、黒画面状態として観察される。
 よって、調光層30を遮光状態として映像光L21を投射することにより、黒輝度の低い、コントラストの高い良好な映像を表示できる。
Next, external light such as sunlight and illumination light other than image light entering the screen 20 from the rear side (−Z side) or the image source side (+Z side) will be described.
When the light control layer 30 is in a light blocking state, external light G21 and G22 with a small incident angle to the screen 20, and external light incident on the screen 20 at a large incident angle from above the image source side and transmitted through the reflective layer 13 G25, most of the external light G26 that enters the screen 20 from above the back side at a large angle of incidence is absorbed by the light control layer 30, and the light control layer 30 (screen 20) appears black to the observers O1 and O2. Observed as a screen state.
Therefore, by projecting the image light L21 with the dimming layer 30 in the light shielding state, it is possible to display a good image with low black luminance and high contrast.
 調光層30が透光状態である場合、スクリーン20への入射角度が小さい外光G21,G22は、その多くが調光層30で吸収されることなく、図9に示すように、調光層30を透過する。また、スクリーン20は、光を拡散する粒子等の拡散材等を含有する層(光拡散層)を備えておらず、反射層13は、透過光については拡散せず、外光G21は、光制御層16に対して、映像源側から第2入射角度範囲R2内の入射角度で入射し、外光G22は、光制御層16に対して背面側から第4入射角度範囲R4内の角度に相当する入射角度で入射する。したがって、このような外光G21,G22は、図9に示すように、拡散されることなく、スクリーン20を透過してそれぞれ背面側、映像源側へ出射する。 When the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, most of the external light G21 and G22 with small incident angles to the screen 20 is not absorbed by the light-modulating layer 30, and as shown in FIG. It penetrates layer 30 . Further, the screen 20 does not include a layer (light diffusion layer) containing a diffusion material such as particles for diffusing light, the reflection layer 13 does not diffuse transmitted light, and external light G21 diffuses light. The external light G22 is incident on the control layer 16 from the image source side at an incident angle within the second incident angle range R2, and the external light G22 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an angle within the fourth incident angle range R4 from the rear side. Incident at a corresponding angle of incidence. Therefore, such outside lights G21 and G22 pass through the screen 20 without being diffused and are emitted to the rear side and the image source side, respectively, as shown in FIG.
 スクリーン20に映像源側上方から入射する外光G23のうち、一部の外光(不図示)は、スクリーン40の表面で反射するが、スクリーン下方側へ向かい、観察者O1,O2には届かない。また、外光G23の多くは、映像源側から光制御層16に対して第2入射角度範囲R2内の入射角度で入射するので、拡散されることなく光制御層16を透過し、スクリーン20内を背面側へ向かう。そして、外光G23のうち、一部の外光G24は、反射層13で反射して、スクリーン20の映像源側下方へ向かい、スクリーン20の映像源側下方へ出射したり、スクリーン20の映像源側の表面で全反射して再度スクリーン20内部の下方へ向かい、減衰したりする。また、外光G23のうち、一部の外光G25は、反射層13を透過して、スクリーン20の背面側下方へ向かい、調光層30に入射する。前述のように、調光層30が透光状態である場合、調光層30は、大きな入射角度で入射する光の多くを吸収する。したがって、外光G25は、その多くが調光層30で吸収される。 Of the external light G23 incident on the screen 20 from above on the image source side, part of the external light (not shown) is reflected on the surface of the screen 40, but travels downward to reach the observers O1 and O2. do not have. In addition, most of the external light G23 enters the light control layer 16 from the image source side at an incident angle within the second incident angle range R2. Head inside to the back side. Part of the external light G24 of the external light G23 is reflected by the reflective layer 13, travels downward on the image source side of the screen 20, and is emitted downward on the image source side of the screen 20, or The light is totally reflected by the surface on the source side, travels downward inside the screen 20 again, and is attenuated. Part of the external light G25 of the external light G23 passes through the reflective layer 13, travels downward on the back side of the screen 20, and enters the light control layer 30. FIG. As described above, when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the translucent state, the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs much of the light that is incident at large angles of incidence. Therefore, most of the external light G25 is absorbed by the light control layer 30 .
 スクリーン20に背面側上方から入射する外光G26は、その一部が、その調光層30の背面側の表面で反射してスクリーンの背面側下方へ進むので、観察者O1,O2には届かない。また、外光G26は、その多くが調光層30の液晶層36で吸収される。 Part of the external light G26 that enters the screen 20 from above the back side is reflected by the surface of the light control layer 30 on the back side and travels downward on the back side of the screen, so that it reaches the observers O1 and O2. do not have. Also, most of the external light G26 is absorbed by the liquid crystal layer 36 of the light control layer 30 .
 したがって、調光層30が透光状態の場合、スクリーン20は、映像源側上方や背面側上方から入射する外光によるスクリーン20の曇り(ヘイズ)等を抑制でき、スクリーン20の映像源側、背面側の正面方向に位置する観察者O1,O2が、スクリーン20を通してスクリーン20の向こう側の景色を観察した場合に、スクリーン20の向こう側の景色がぼやけたり、白くにじんだりすることなく観察することができ、スクリーン20は、高い透明性を発揮できる。
 また、仮に、調光層30を透光状態として映像光を投射した場合には、スクリーン20の透明性を維持しつつ、外光によるコントラストの低下を抑制でき、映像のぎらつきも低減できる。
Therefore, when the light modulating layer 30 is in a light-transmitting state, the screen 20 can suppress fogging (haze) of the screen 20 due to external light incident from above the image source side or from the upper back side. When observers O1 and O2 positioned in the front direction on the back side observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 20 through the screen 20, the scenery on the other side of the screen 20 is observed without blurring or whitening. and the screen 20 can exhibit high transparency.
Further, if image light is projected with the light control layer 30 in a light-transmissive state, the transparency of the screen 20 can be maintained while suppressing a decrease in contrast due to external light and reducing image glare.
 以上のことから、本実施形態によれば、第1実施形態と同様に、映像のぎらつきを抑制することができ、かつ、2重像等の映像のぼけ(解像度の低下)を抑制して明瞭な映像を表示でき、不要な外光が拡散されることがなく、コントラストや透明性の高い映像を表示できる。
 また、特に、調光層30を遮光状態として映像光を投射した場合には、コントラストの高い、明瞭な映像を表示できる。
 さらに、本実施形態によれば、スクリーン面の平面性を高めつつ、2重像等の像ぼけを抑制できる。
 さらに、本実施形態によれば、表示する映像やスクリーン20等の使用環境に応じて、調光層30を透光状態とするか、遮光状態とするか適宜選択して設定できるので、利便性を向上できる。
 さらに、本実施形態によれば、スクリーンの背面側の天井等への映像の映り込みをさらに抑制できる。
From the above, according to the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, it is possible to suppress the glare of the image, and to suppress the blurring of the image such as the double image (decrease in resolution). It can display clear images, does not diffuse unnecessary external light, and can display images with high contrast and transparency.
In particular, when image light is projected with the light modulating layer 30 in the light shielding state, a clear image with high contrast can be displayed.
Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, image blurring such as double images can be suppressed while improving the flatness of the screen surface.
Furthermore, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to appropriately select and set the light control layer 30 to be in a light transmitting state or a light blocking state according to the image to be displayed and the usage environment of the screen 20 or the like, so convenience is achieved. can be improved.
Furthermore, according to this embodiment, it is possible to further suppress reflection of the image on the ceiling or the like on the back side of the screen.
(第3実施形態)
 第3実施形態は、スクリーン40が、前述の第2実施形態に示した調光層30と、透光性基板層48とを備えている点が、第1実施形態とは異なる。このスクリーン40は、第1実施形態のスクリーン10に換えて、映像表示装置1に適用可能である。
 第3実施形態等において、前述の第1実施形態や第2実施形態と同様の機能を果たす部分には、同一の符号又は末尾に同一の符号を付して、重複する説明を適宜省略する。
(Third Embodiment)
The third embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the screen 40 includes the light control layer 30 shown in the second embodiment and the translucent substrate layer 48 . This screen 40 can be applied to the image display device 1 in place of the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
In the third embodiment and the like, portions that perform the same functions as those of the first and second embodiments described above are denoted by the same reference numerals or the same reference numerals at the end thereof, and overlapping descriptions are omitted as appropriate.
 図10は、第3実施形態のスクリーン40の層構成を示す図である。図10では、スクリーン40の画面中央(画面の幾何学的中心)となる点を通り、画面上下方向(Y方向)に平行であって、スクリーン面に直交(Z方向に平行)する断面の一部を拡大して示している。
 図10に示すように、スクリーン40は、厚み方向(Z方向)において、その映像源側(+Z側)から順に、光制御層16、接合層17a、透光性基板層48、接合層17b、第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層15、接合層17c、調光層30等を備えている。
 本実施形態では、スクリーン40は支持板等に接合されていない形態を示しているが、例えば、スクリーン40の背面側に不図示の接合層を介して、透明性の高い樹脂製やガラス製の支持板等を接合してもよい。スクリーン40にこのような支持板を積層することにより、スクリーン面の平面性をさらに高めることができる。
FIG. 10 is a diagram showing the layer structure of the screen 40 of the third embodiment. In FIG. 10, one cross section passing through the screen center (geometric center of the screen) of the screen 40, parallel to the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen, and orthogonal to the screen surface (parallel to the Z direction). part is enlarged.
As shown in FIG. 10, the screen 40 includes, in order from the image source side (+Z side) in the thickness direction (Z direction), the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the translucent substrate layer 48, the bonding layer 17b, It includes a first substrate layer 11, a first optically shaped layer 12, a reflective layer 13, a second optically shaped layer 14, a second substrate layer 15, a bonding layer 17c, a light control layer 30, and the like.
In this embodiment, the screen 40 is not bonded to a support plate or the like. A support plate or the like may be joined. By laminating such a support plate on the screen 40, the flatness of the screen surface can be further improved.
 接合層17bは、透光性基板層48と第1基材層11とを一体に接合する機能を有する層である。接合層17bは、光透過性の高い接着材や粘着材等を用いることができる。
 透光性基板層48は、光透過性が高い板状の部材である。透光性基板層48は、第1基材層11や第2基材層15等よりも厚みが大きく、スクリーン40のスクリーン面の平面性を維持できる程度の剛性を有している。透光性基板層48は、接合層17bを介して、第1基材層11の映像源側に設けられている。
 このような透光性基板層48は、光透過性の高いアクリル樹脂やポリカーボネート樹脂、ガラス等により形成されることが好ましい。
 また、透光性基板層48は、その厚みが3mm以上8mm以下であることが、スクリーン面の十分な平面性を維持する観点から好ましい。この透光性基板層48の厚みは、スクリーンの画面サイズ等に応じて、かつ、後述する距離D1の好ましい範囲を満たすように選択される。
The bonding layer 17b is a layer having a function of integrally bonding the translucent substrate layer 48 and the first base layer 11 together. For the bonding layer 17b, an adhesive material, an adhesive material, or the like having high optical transparency can be used.
The translucent substrate layer 48 is a plate-shaped member with high translucency. The translucent substrate layer 48 is thicker than the first base layer 11, the second base layer 15, and the like, and has a rigidity sufficient to maintain the flatness of the screen surface of the screen 40. As shown in FIG. The translucent substrate layer 48 is provided on the image source side of the first base material layer 11 via the bonding layer 17b.
Such a translucent substrate layer 48 is preferably made of highly translucent acrylic resin, polycarbonate resin, glass, or the like.
Moreover, it is preferable that the translucent substrate layer 48 has a thickness of 3 mm or more and 8 mm or less from the viewpoint of maintaining sufficient flatness of the screen surface. The thickness of the translucent substrate layer 48 is selected according to the screen size of the screen, etc., and so as to satisfy a preferable range of the distance D1, which will be described later.
 本実施形態では、スクリーン40の厚み方向(Z方向)において、光制御層16の背面側(-Z側)の面から第1光学形状層12の映像源側(+Z側)の面までの距離D1は、調光層30の映像源側の面から第2光学形状層14の背面側の面までの距離D2よりも大きい。
 また、この距離D1は、0.5mmより大きく8mm以下であることが、光制御層16と反射層13との間の距離を十分に確保することにより、映像のぎらつきをより効果的に低減しつつ、像ぼけを抑制して明瞭な映像を表示し、さらに、スクリーンとしての透明性を維持しながら歪みの少ない映像を表示する観点から好ましい。
In this embodiment, in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 40, the distance from the surface on the back side (−Z side) of the light control layer 16 to the surface on the image source side (+Z side) of the first optical shape layer 12 D1 is greater than the distance D2 from the image source side surface of the light control layer 30 to the back side surface of the second optical shape layer 14 .
In addition, the distance D1 is more than 0.5 mm and 8 mm or less. By securing a sufficient distance between the light control layer 16 and the reflective layer 13, glare in the image can be more effectively reduced. It is preferable from the viewpoint of displaying a clear image by suppressing image blurring while maintaining the transparency of the screen and displaying an image with less distortion.
 図10に戻り、接合層17cは、第2基材層15と調光層30とを一体に接合する機能を有する層である。接合層17cは、前述の接合層17a,17bと同様に、光透過性の高い接着材や粘着材等を用いることができる。 Returning to FIG. 10, the bonding layer 17c is a layer having a function of bonding the second base material layer 15 and the light control layer 30 together. For the bonding layer 17c, similarly to the bonding layers 17a and 17b described above, an adhesive material, a pressure-sensitive adhesive, or the like having high optical transparency can be used.
 図11は、第3実施形態のスクリーン40に入射する映像光及び外光の一例を示す図である。図11では、図10に示すスクリーン40の断面と同様の断面の一部を拡大して示している。また、図11では、理解を容易にするために、調光層30に関してはその構成を省略して示している。さらに、図11では、理解を容易にするために、各層間の屈折率差はないものとして示している。
 まず、映像光について説明する。
 スクリーン40の下方に位置する映像源LSから投射された映像光L41は、第1入射角度範囲R1内の入射角度で光制御層16に入射して拡散され、接合層17a及び透光性基板層48、接合層17b、第1基材層11を透過して第1光学形状層12へ入射する。そして、映像光L41の一部である映像光L42は、単位光学形状121の第1斜面121aの反射層13によって拡散反射され、映像源側(+Z側)へ出射する。このとき、映像光L42は、図11に示すスクリーン40の断面において、光制御層16に対して背面側から第4入射角度範囲R4の入射角度(特に、入射角度0°及び0°近傍)に相当する角度で入射するので、光制御層16では拡散されることなく映像源側へ出射して観察者O1側に届く。
FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 40 of the third embodiment. FIG. 11 shows an enlarged part of a cross section similar to the cross section of the screen 40 shown in FIG. Further, in FIG. 11, the configuration of the light control layer 30 is omitted for easy understanding. Furthermore, FIG. 11 shows that there is no refractive index difference between layers for easy understanding.
First, image light will be described.
The image light L41 projected from the image source LS positioned below the screen 40 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the first incident angle range R1 and diffused to pass through the bonding layer 17a and the translucent substrate layer. 48 , the bonding layer 17 b , and the first substrate layer 11 to enter the first optically shaped layer 12 . The image light L42, which is a part of the image light L41, is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13 of the first slope 121a of the unit optical shape 121 and emitted to the image source side (+Z side). At this time, in the cross section of the screen 40 shown in FIG. 11, the image light L42 is incident on the light control layer 16 at an incident angle within the fourth incident angle range R4 (in particular, an incident angle of 0° and near 0°) from the back side. Since the light is incident at a corresponding angle, it is emitted to the image source side without being diffused by the light control layer 16 and reaches the observer O1 side.
 したがって、映像光L42は、第1入射角度範囲R1の範囲内で光制御層16に入射し、反射層13によって拡散反射されている。これにより、映像光L42は、好適に拡散され、スクリーン40は、十分な視野角で映像を表示できる。
 また、映像光L42は、スクリーン40への入射時の光制御層16で拡散され、反射層13で拡散反射されるので、スクリーン40の厚み方向(Z方向)において異なる位置で2回拡散される。これにより、スクリーン40は、映像のぎらつき(スペックル)を低減でき、かつ、過度な拡散による像ぼけ(解像度の低下)を抑制できる。
 また、スクリーン40が透光性基板層48を備えており、光制御層16の背面側の面から第1光学形状層12の映像源側の面までの距離D1が、上述のように十分確保されているので、映像のぎらつき(スペックル)を低減する効果をより高めことができ、かつ、映像の明瞭さも維持できる。また、このような透光性基板層48を備えているので、スクリーン面の平面性を向上させ、映像の歪みを低減できる。
Therefore, the image light L42 enters the light control layer 16 within the first incident angle range R1 and is diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13 . Thereby, the image light L42 is preferably diffused, and the screen 40 can display an image with a sufficient viewing angle.
Further, the image light L42 is diffused by the light control layer 16 when incident on the screen 40, and is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13. Therefore, the image light L42 is diffused twice at different positions in the thickness direction (Z direction) of the screen 40. . As a result, the screen 40 can reduce image glare (speckle) and suppress image blurring (decrease in resolution) due to excessive diffusion.
In addition, the screen 40 includes the translucent substrate layer 48, and the distance D1 from the back side surface of the light control layer 16 to the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer 12 is sufficiently ensured as described above. Therefore, the effect of reducing the glare (speckle) of the image can be further enhanced, and the clarity of the image can be maintained. Moreover, since the translucent substrate layer 48 is provided, the flatness of the screen surface can be improved and the distortion of the image can be reduced.
 また、映像光L41のうち、一部の映像光L43は、反射層13を透過して背面側へ向かい、第2光学形状層14等を透過しながら背面側上方へ向かい、調光層30へ入射する。前述のように、調光層30が遮光状態である場合であっても、透光状態である場合であっても、この映像光L43のような調光層30に対して大きな入射角度(本実施形態では、入射角度40°以上)で入射する光は、その多くが液晶層36で吸収される。
 このような映像光L43は、背面側の天井に到達した場合には、天井への映像の映り込みの要因となる。しかし、本実施形態のスクリーン40では、映像光L43は、調光層30により吸収されるので、天井への映像の映り込みを大幅に低減できる。
In addition, part of the image light L43 of the image light L41 passes through the reflection layer 13 and travels toward the rear side, passes through the second optical shape layer 14 and the like, travels upward toward the rear side, and reaches the light control layer 30. Incident. As described above, regardless of whether the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-shielding state or the light-transmitting state, the image light L43, which has a large incident angle (this In the embodiment, most of light incident at an incident angle of 40° or more is absorbed by the liquid crystal layer 36 .
When such image light L43 reaches the ceiling on the back side, it causes reflection of the image on the ceiling. However, in the screen 40 of the present embodiment, the image light L43 is absorbed by the light control layer 30, so that reflection of the image on the ceiling can be greatly reduced.
 前述のように、調光層30が遮光状態である場合には、調光層30への入射角度によらず、調光層30は、入射する光の多くを吸収する。したがって、調光層30を備えていない場合に、スクリーンの背面側の空気界面でこのような映像光L43が全反射して映像源側へ出射することに起因する2重像等の像ぼけを大幅に抑制し、明瞭な映像を表示できる。また、このような映像光L43によって、スクリーン40の背面側に左右反転した映像が表示されることを抑制できる。
 なお、調光層30が透光状態である場合には、調光層30は、入射角度の大きい光(入射角度40°以上となる光)の多くを吸収する。そのため、映像光L43のうち、調光層30に対して大きな入射角度となる光の多くが調光層30により吸収される。したがって、調光層30が透光状態である場合には、前述のような2重像等の像ぼけを低減する効果は得られるが、調光層30が遮光状態である場合の方がより優れている。
As described above, when the light modulating layer 30 is in the light blocking state, the light modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the incident light regardless of the angle of incidence on the light modulating layer 30 . Therefore, in the case where the light control layer 30 is not provided, image blur such as a double image caused by the total reflection of the image light L43 at the air interface on the back side of the screen and emitted to the image source side can be prevented. It can be greatly suppressed and a clear image can be displayed. In addition, it is possible to suppress the display of a left-right reversed image on the back side of the screen 40 by such image light L43.
Note that when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of light with a large incident angle (light with an incident angle of 40° or more). Therefore, most of the light having a large incident angle with respect to the light control layer 30 is absorbed by the light control layer 30 in the image light L43. Therefore, when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, the effect of reducing image blurring such as double images as described above can be obtained. Are better.
 次に、背面側(-Z側)又は映像源側(+Z側)からスクリーン40に入射する映像光以外の太陽光や照明光等の外光について、調光層30が遮光状態である場合、透光状態である場合のそれぞれについて説明する。
 調光層30が遮光状態である場合、調光層30は、調光層30への入射角度に依らず、入射する光の多くを吸収する。したがって、スクリーン40への入射角度が小さい外光G41,G42、映像源側上方からスクリーン40へ大きな入射角度(本実施形態では、入射角度40°以上)で入射して反射層13を透過した外光G45、背面側上方からスクリーン40へ大きな入射角度で入射する外光G46は、その多くが調光層30に吸収され、観察者O1,O2には、調光層30(スクリーン40)は、黒画面状態として観察される。
 したがって、調光層30が遮光状態の場合に映像光L41を投射することにより、黒輝度の低い、コントラストの高い良好な映像を表示できる。
Next, when the light control layer 30 is in a light blocking state with respect to external light such as sunlight and illumination light other than image light incident on the screen 40 from the back side (−Z side) or the image source side (+Z side), Each of the light-transmitting states will be described.
When the light modulating layer 30 is in the light blocking state, the light modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the incident light regardless of the incident angle to the light modulating layer 30 . Therefore, the external light G41 and G42 having a small incident angle to the screen 40 enters the screen 40 from above the image source side at a large incident angle (in this embodiment, the incident angle is 40° or more) and is transmitted through the reflective layer 13. Most of the light G45 and the external light G46 that enters the screen 40 from above the back side at a large angle of incidence are absorbed by the light control layer 30, and the observers O1 and O2 feel that the light control layer 30 (screen 40) It is observed as a black screen state.
Therefore, by projecting the image light L41 when the light control layer 30 is in the light blocking state, a good image with low black luminance and high contrast can be displayed.
 調光層30が透光状態である場合、スクリーン40への入射角度が小さい外光G41,G42は、その多くが、調光層30で吸収されることなく、図11に示すように、調光層30を透過する。また、スクリーン40は、光を拡散する粒子等の拡散材等を含有する層(光拡散層)を備えておらず、反射層13は、透過光については拡散しないので、このような外光G41,G42は、図11に示すように、拡散されることなく、スクリーン40を透過して、それぞれ背面側、映像源側へ出射する。 When the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, most of the external light G41 and G42 with a small incident angle to the screen 40 is not absorbed by the light-modulating layer 30, and as shown in FIG. It is transmitted through the optical layer 30 . In addition, the screen 40 does not include a layer (light diffusion layer) containing a diffusion material such as particles that diffuse light, and the reflection layer 13 does not diffuse transmitted light. , G42 pass through the screen 40 without being diffused, and are emitted to the rear side and the image source side, respectively, as shown in FIG.
 次に、スクリーン40に映像源側上方から入射する外光G43のうち、一部の外光(不図示)は、スクリーン40の表面で反射するが、スクリーン下方側へ向かい、観察者O1,O2には届かない。また、外光G43は、その多くがスクリーン40へ入射し、一部の外光G44は、反射層13で反射して、スクリーン40の映像源側下方へ向かい、スクリーン40の映像源側下方へ出射したり、スクリーン40の映像源側の表面で全反射して再度スクリーン40内部の下方へ向かい、減衰したりする。また、外光G43のうち、一部の外光G45は、反射層13を透過して、スクリーン40の背面側下方へ向かい調光層30に入射する。調光層30が透光状態である場合、外光G45のうち調光層30に対して大きな入射角度をなすものが調光層30で吸収される。 Next, part of the external light G43 incident on the screen 40 from above on the image source side (not shown) is reflected on the surface of the screen 40, and travels downward toward the screen, thereby illuminating the viewers O1 and O2. does not reach Most of the external light G43 is incident on the screen 40, and part of the external light G44 is reflected by the reflective layer 13 and travels downward on the image source side of the screen 40, and downward on the image source side of the screen 40. The light is emitted, or it is totally reflected by the surface of the screen 40 on the image source side and directed downward inside the screen 40 again to be attenuated. Part of the external light G45 of the external light G43 passes through the reflective layer 13 and enters the light control layer 30 toward the lower side of the screen 40 on the back side. When the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs external light G45 that forms a large incident angle with respect to the light-modulating layer 30 .
 スクリーン40に背面側上方から入射する外光G46は、大きな入射角度で調光層30に入射する。前述のように、調光層30が透光状態である場合、調光層30は、大きな入射角度(本実施形態では、入射角度40°以上)で入射する光の多くを吸収するので、外光G46の多くが調光層30で吸収される。なお、外光G46の一部は、その調光層30の背面側の表面で反射するが、スクリーンの背面側下方へ進むため、観察者O1,O2には届かない。 The external light G46 that enters the screen 40 from above the back side enters the light control layer 30 at a large angle of incidence. As described above, when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the light incident at a large incident angle (in this embodiment, the incident angle is 40° or more). Most of the light G46 is absorbed by the light modulating layer 30 . Although part of the external light G46 is reflected by the back surface of the light control layer 30, it travels downward on the back side of the screen and does not reach the observers O1 and O2.
 したがって、調光層30が透光状態の場合、スクリーン40は、映像源側上方や背面側上方から入射する外光によるスクリーン40の曇り(ヘイズ)等を抑制でき、スクリーン40の映像源側、背面側の正面方向に位置する観察者O1,O2が、スクリーン40を通してスクリーン40の向こう側の景色を観察した場合に、スクリーン40の向こう側の景色がぼやけたり、白くにじんだりすることなく、観察することができ、スクリーン40は、高い透明性を発揮できる。
 また、仮に、調光層30を透光状態として映像光を投射した場合には、スクリーン40の透明性を維持しつつ、外光による映像のコントラストの低下を抑制できる。
Therefore, when the light modulating layer 30 is in a light-transmitting state, the screen 40 can suppress fogging (haze) of the screen 40 due to external light incident from above the image source side or from the upper back side. When observers O1 and O2 positioned in the front direction on the back side observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 40 through the screen 40, the scenery on the other side of the screen 40 can be observed without blurring or whitening. and the screen 40 can exhibit high transparency.
Further, if image light is projected with the light modulating layer 30 in a light-transmissive state, the transparency of the screen 40 can be maintained while suppressing deterioration of image contrast due to external light.
 本実施形態によれば、映像光は、反射層13での拡散反射の後は拡散されないので、スクリーン40は、解像度の高い映像を表示できる。
 また、本実施形態によれば、スクリーン40は、その透明性を維持でき、かつ、外光が拡散されることによる映像のコントラスト低下を大幅に抑制できる。
 また、本実施形態によれば、反射層13を透過した映像光は、光制御層16により拡散されており、調光層30によって吸収されるので、スクリーン40の背面側の天井等への映像の映り込みを大幅に改善できる。
According to this embodiment, the image light is not diffused after being diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13, so the screen 40 can display a high-resolution image.
In addition, according to the present embodiment, the screen 40 can maintain its transparency, and can significantly suppress a decrease in image contrast due to diffusion of external light.
Further, according to this embodiment, the image light transmitted through the reflective layer 13 is diffused by the light control layer 16 and absorbed by the light control layer 30, so that the image on the ceiling or the like on the back side of the screen 40 is reflected. can greatly improve the reflection of
 また、本実施形態によれば、表示する映像やスクリーン40の使用環境等に応じて、調光層30を透光状態とするか、遮光状態とするか適宜選択して設定できるので、利便性を向上できる。
 また、本実施形態のスクリーン40は、その厚み方向において、光制御層16の背面側の面から第1光学形状層12の映像源側の面までの距離D1が、調光層30の映像源側の面から第2光学形状層14の背面側の面までの距離D2よりも大きい。したがって、スクリーン40は、その厚み方向(Z方向)において、映像光が拡散される光制御層16と反射層13との間の距離を十分に確保することができ、映像のぎらつきを低減する効果をさらに高めることができる。
 また、本実施形態のスクリーン40は、透光性基板層48を備えているので、スクリーン40としての平面性を高め、映像の歪みを抑制できる。
Further, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to appropriately select and set the light control layer 30 to be in the light transmitting state or the light blocking state according to the image to be displayed, the environment in which the screen 40 is used, etc. Therefore, it is convenient. can be improved.
Further, in the screen 40 of the present embodiment, the distance D1 from the back side surface of the light control layer 16 to the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer 12 in the thickness direction is equal to the image source of the light control layer 30. It is greater than the distance D2 from the side surface to the back side surface of the second optical shaped layer 14 . Therefore, the screen 40 can ensure a sufficient distance between the light control layer 16 in which the image light is diffused and the reflective layer 13 in the thickness direction (Z direction), thereby reducing image glare. The effect can be further enhanced.
In addition, since the screen 40 of the present embodiment includes the translucent substrate layer 48, the flatness of the screen 40 can be improved and image distortion can be suppressed.
(映像のぎらつき等に関する評価)
 ここで、第3実施形態のスクリーン40の実施例に相当する実施例2のスクリーンと、比較例に相当する比較例3~7のスクリーンとを用意し、映像のぎらつきの低減効果や映像の明瞭さ等に関して評価した。
 実施例2及び比較例3~7のスクリーンは、いずれも画面サイズが40インチである。
 実施例2のスクリーンは、本実施形態のスクリーン40の実施例に相当し、光制御層16、接合層17a、透光性基板層48、接合層17b、第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層15、接合層17c、調光層30を備えている。
(Evaluation of image glare, etc.)
Here, the screen of Example 2, which corresponds to the example of the screen 40 of the third embodiment, and the screens of Comparative Examples 3 to 7, which correspond to comparative examples, were prepared, and the effect of reducing the glare of the image and the clarity of the image were obtained. It was evaluated with respect to
The screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7 all have a screen size of 40 inches.
The screen of Example 2 corresponds to an example of the screen 40 of the present embodiment, and includes the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the translucent substrate layer 48, the bonding layer 17b, the first base material layer 11, the first optical A shaped layer 12 , a reflective layer 13 , a second optically shaped layer 14 , a second substrate layer 15 , a bonding layer 17 c and a light control layer 30 are provided.
 比較例3のスクリーンは、本実施形態のスクリーン40と同様の透光性基板層48、接合層17b,第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層15、接合層17c、調光層30を備えているが、接合層17a及び光制御層16を備えていない。
 比較例4のスクリーンは、比較例3のスクリーンに対して、第1基材層11の映像源側に接合層17aを介して光制御層16ではなく、光拡散層を積層した形態に相当する。この光拡散層は、光を拡散する粒子を含有した樹脂製の層であり、光の入射角度によらず、光を拡散するという特徴を有する。
The screen of Comparative Example 3 has the same translucent substrate layer 48, bonding layer 17b, first substrate layer 11, first optically shaped layer 12, reflective layer 13, and second optically shaped layer as in the screen 40 of the present embodiment. 14, the second base material layer 15, the bonding layer 17c, and the light control layer 30 are provided, but the bonding layer 17a and the light control layer 16 are not provided.
Compared to the screen of Comparative Example 3, the screen of Comparative Example 4 corresponds to a mode in which a light diffusion layer, not the light control layer 16, is laminated on the image source side of the first base material layer 11 via the bonding layer 17a. . This light diffusion layer is a layer made of resin containing particles that diffuse light, and has the characteristic of diffusing light regardless of the incident angle of light.
 比較例5のスクリーンは、本実施形態のスクリーン40と同様の光制御層16、接合層17a、透光性基板層48、接合層17b,第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層15を備えているが、接合層17c、調光層30を備えていない。
 比較例6のスクリーンは、本実施形態のスクリーン40と同様の光制御層16、接合層17a、第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層15、接合層17c、調光層30を備えているが、透光性基板層48、接合層17bを備えていない。
 比較例7のスクリーンは、実施形態のスクリーン40と同様の透光性基板層48、接合層17b、第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層15を備えているが、光制御層16、接合層17a、接合層17c、調光層30を備えていない。
The screen of Comparative Example 5 includes the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the translucent substrate layer 48, the bonding layer 17b, the first base layer 11, the first optical shape layer 12, the same as the screen 40 of this embodiment. Although the reflective layer 13, the second optical shape layer 14, and the second base material layer 15 are provided, the bonding layer 17c and the light control layer 30 are not provided.
The screen of Comparative Example 6 includes the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the first base material layer 11, the first optically shaped layer 12, the reflective layer 13, the second optically shaped layer 14, the same as the screen 40 of the present embodiment. Although the second base material layer 15, the bonding layer 17c, and the light control layer 30 are provided, the translucent substrate layer 48 and the bonding layer 17b are not provided.
The screen of Comparative Example 7 has the same translucent substrate layer 48, bonding layer 17b, first substrate layer 11, first optically shaped layer 12, reflective layer 13, and second optically shaped layer 14 as in the screen 40 of the embodiment. , the second substrate layer 15 is provided, but the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the bonding layer 17c, and the light control layer 30 are not provided.
 なお、実施例2及び比較例3~7のスクリーンにおいて、共通する層の詳細は、以下の通りである。
 第1基材層11は、屈折率1.59であるポリカーボネート樹脂製であり、厚さ0.075mmである。
 第1光学形状層12は、屈折率1.51である紫外線硬化型樹脂(ウレタンアクリレート)製であり、その厚さは、単位光学形状121の高さhにより単位光学形状121の配列方向に変化するが、画面下端中央で0.01mmであり、画面上端中央で0.14mmである。
The details of the layers common to the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7 are as follows.
The first base material layer 11 is made of a polycarbonate resin having a refractive index of 1.59 and a thickness of 0.075 mm.
The first optical shape layer 12 is made of an ultraviolet curable resin (urethane acrylate) with a refractive index of 1.51, and its thickness changes in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 depending on the height h of the unit optical shapes 121. However, it is 0.01 mm at the center of the lower edge of the screen and 0.14 mm at the center of the upper edge of the screen.
 反射層13は、クロム製であり、その厚さは数nmである。
 第2光学形状層14は、屈折率1.51である紫外線硬化型樹脂(ウレタンアクリレート)製であり、その厚さは、単位光学形状121の高さhにより単位光学形状121の配列方向に変化するが、画面下端中央で0.14mmであり、画面上端中央で0.01mmである。
 第2基材層15は、屈折率1.59であるポリカーボネート樹脂製であり、厚さ0.075mmである。
The reflective layer 13 is made of chromium and has a thickness of several nanometers.
The second optical shape layer 14 is made of an ultraviolet curable resin (urethane acrylate) with a refractive index of 1.51, and its thickness changes in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 depending on the height h of the unit optical shapes 121. However, it is 0.14 mm at the center of the lower edge of the screen and 0.01 mm at the center of the upper edge of the screen.
The second base material layer 15 is made of polycarbonate resin with a refractive index of 1.59 and has a thickness of 0.075 mm.
 また、実施例2及び比較例5,6のスクリーンの光制御層16は、リンテック株式会社製の視野制御フィルム Y-2555である。
 また、実施例2及び比較例3~5,7のスクリーンの透光性基板層48は、アクリル樹脂製であり、その厚さが6mm、屈折率が1.49である。
Further, the light control layer 16 of the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 5 and 6 is a visual field control film Y-2555 manufactured by Lintec Corporation.
The translucent substrate layer 48 of the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 5 and 7 is made of acrylic resin, and has a thickness of 6 mm and a refractive index of 1.49.
 実施例2及び比較例3~7のスクリーンに関して、目視評価により、映像のぎらつきや明瞭さ、スクリーンの透明性、天井への映像の映り込み(所謂、天井ゴースト)の有無、映像のコントラスト感、映像の歪みの有無等を評価した。なお、目視評価において、調光層30は、スクリーンの透明性の評価の際は透光状態(電圧印加時)とし、それ以外の評価に関し得は遮光状態(電圧印加なし)とした。
 図12は、目視評価時における各スクリーンと、映像源LS、観察者O3の位置等を示す図である。図12(a)は、目視評価時の各スクリーン、映像源LS、観察者O3の位置を、側面側(+X側)から見た様子を示している。また、図12(b)は、目視評価時の各スクリーン、映像源LS、観察者O3の位置を、上側(+Y側)から見た様子を示している。なお、映像源LSの設置位置は、使用した映像源LSの取り扱い説明書に準じた位置となっており、図12(a)に示す断面において点Aにおける映像光の入射角度θは、θ=50°である。
Regarding the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7, visual evaluation was performed to determine the glare and clarity of the image, the transparency of the screen, the presence or absence of reflection of the image on the ceiling (so-called ceiling ghost), and the contrast of the image. , the presence or absence of image distortion, etc. were evaluated. In the visual evaluation, the light-modulating layer 30 was in a translucent state (with voltage applied) when evaluating the transparency of the screen, and was in a light-shielding state (with no voltage applied) for other evaluations.
FIG. 12 is a diagram showing each screen, the image source LS, the positions of the observer O3, etc. at the time of visual evaluation. FIG. 12A shows the positions of each screen, image source LS, and observer O3 at the time of visual evaluation as viewed from the side (+X side). FIG. 12(b) shows the positions of each screen, image source LS, and observer O3 at the time of visual evaluation as viewed from above (+Y side). The installation position of the image source LS is a position according to the instruction manual of the image source LS used, and the incident angle θ of the image light at the point A in the cross section shown in FIG. 50°.
 映像のぎらつきに関しては、実施例2及び比較例3~7のスクリーンに対して、暗室環境下において、映像源LSから白色画面を投射した状態で、各スクリーンの画面の中央となる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に1mの位置から、観察者O3が各スクリーンの中央部分を観察して評価した。 Regarding the glare of the image, in a darkroom environment, with respect to the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7, with a white screen projected from the image source LS, from the point A which is the center of the screen of each screen Observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of each screen from a position of 1 m on the image source side (+Z side).
 映像の明瞭さに関しては、実施例2及び比較例3~7のスクリーンに対して、暗室環境下において、映像源LSから静止画(黒背景に白文字)を投射した状態で、各スクリーンの画面の中央となる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に1mの位置から、観察者O3が各スクリーンの中央部分を観察して評価した。
 スクリーンの透明性に関しては、実施例2及び比較例3~7のスクリーンに対して、明室環境下(画面の中心となる点Aでの照度700lx)において、映像源からの映像の投射無しの状態で、各スクリーンの画面の中央となる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に1mの位置から、観察者O3が各スクリーンの中央部分を観察して評価した。
Regarding the clarity of the image, the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7 were projected in a darkroom environment with a still image (white characters on a black background) from the image source LS. An observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of each screen from a position 1 m from the center point A on the image source side (+Z side).
Regarding the transparency of the screen, the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7 were tested in a bright room environment (illuminance of 700 lx at point A at the center of the screen) without projection of an image from the image source. Observer O3 observed and evaluated the central portion of each screen from a position of 1 m on the image source side (+Z side) from point A, which is the center of each screen.
 天井への映像の映り込み(所謂、天井ゴースト)の有無は、実施例及び比較例1~5のスクリーンに対して、暗室環境下において、映像源LSから静止画(黒背景に白文字)を投射した状態で、各スクリーンを透過した映像光が各スクリーンの背面側(-Z側)であって上側(+Y側)1.5mの位置にある天井に到達して表示される映像を観察して評価した。このとき、各スクリーンと天井との間は開放空間となっているので、観察者O3は、スクリーンの画面の中央のとなる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に1mの位置から上記の天井を観察して評価した。 The presence or absence of the reflection of the image on the ceiling (so-called ceiling ghost) was determined by displaying a still image (white characters on a black background) from the image source LS in a darkroom environment for the screens of Examples and Comparative Examples 1 to 5. In the projected state, the image light transmitted through each screen reached the ceiling 1.5 m above (+Y side) on the back side (-Z side) of each screen and observed the displayed image. evaluated. At this time, since the space between each screen and the ceiling is an open space, the observer O3 can see the above ceiling from a position 1 m away from the center point A of the screen on the image source side (+Z side). was observed and evaluated.
 コントラスト感に関しては、実施例2及び比較例3~7のスクリーンに対して、明室環境下(画面の中心となる点Aでの照度700lx)において、映像源LSから静止画(全面黒色パターン)を投射した状態で、各スクリーンの画面の中央となる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に1mの位置から、観察者O3が各スクリーンの中央部分を観察し、映像の黒さを評価した。
 映像の歪みに関しては、実施例2及び比較例3~7のスクリーンに対して、暗室環境下にて、映像源LSから静止画(黒背景の白格子パターン)の表示をさせ、各スクリーンの画面の中央となる点Aから映像源側(+Z側)に1mの位置から、観察者O3が各スクリーンの中央部分を観察し、表示パターンの歪みを目視評価した。
 なお、各評価において、観察者O3は、3名であり、評価結果はその平均とした。
Regarding the feeling of contrast, in the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7, in a bright room environment (illuminance at point A at the center of the screen: 700 lx), a still image (overall black pattern) from the image source LS is projected, observer O3 observes the central part of each screen from a position of 1 m from point A, which is the center of the screen of each screen, to the image source side (+Z side), and evaluates the blackness of the image. .
Regarding image distortion, the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3 to 7 were allowed to display a still image (white lattice pattern on a black background) from the image source LS in a darkroom environment, and the screen of each screen was An observer O3 observed the central portion of each screen from a position 1 m away from the center point A on the image source side (+Z side), and visually evaluated the distortion of the display pattern.
In each evaluation, there were three observers O3, and the evaluation results were taken as the average.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 表2は、実施例2及び比較例3~7のスクリーンの評価結果である。
 表2において、ぎらつきは、映像のぎらつきが視認されないものを良として◎で示し、許容範囲内であるが少し視認されるものを可として〇で示し、視認されて不快に感じられるものを不可として×で示した。
 また、表2において、映像の明瞭さは、2重像等を含む像ぼけがない明瞭な映像が視認されるものを良として◎で示し、像ぼけ等が少し生じているが十分に明瞭であるものを可として〇で示し、像ぼけが生じており使用に適さないものを不可として×で示した。
Table 2 shows the evaluation results of the screens of Example 2 and Comparative Examples 3-7.
In Table 2, glare is indicated by ⊙ when the glare of the image is not visually recognized, indicated by ○ when the glare is within the allowable range but is slightly visible, and is visually uncomfortable. It was indicated by x as being unacceptable.
In addition, in Table 2, the clarity of the image is indicated by ⊚ when a clear image without image blur including double images is visually recognized. Some samples were evaluated as acceptable and marked with ◯, while images unsuitable for use due to blurred images were rated as poor and marked with x.
 また、表2において、スクリーンの透明性は、透明性が高いものを良として◎で示し、良に比べてやや透明性は劣るが使用において十分な透明性を有するものを可として〇で示し、スクリーンの向こう側が白く濁って見える等、透明性が損なわれているものを不可として×で示した。
 また、表2において、天井への映像の映り込み(所謂、天井ゴースト)の有無は、スクリーンを透過した映像光によって、天井に投影された映像パターンが認識できないものを良として◎で示し、良に比べ映像パターンが認識できるが不明瞭であるものを可として〇で示し、映像パターンが明瞭に認識できるものを不可として×で示した。
In Table 2, the transparency of the screen is indicated by ⊙ when the transparency is high, and by ◯ when the transparency is slightly inferior to the good but sufficient transparency for use. When the transparency was impaired, such as when the other side of the screen looked white and turbid, the result was marked as unsatisfactory.
In Table 2, the presence or absence of reflection of the image on the ceiling (so-called ceiling ghost) is indicated by ◎ when the image pattern projected on the ceiling cannot be recognized by the image light transmitted through the screen. When the image pattern was recognizable but unclear compared to , it was indicated by ◯, and when the image pattern was clearly recognizable, it was indicated by ×.
 また、表2において、コントラスト感は、全面黒色パターンの表示に関して黒く感じられたものを良として◎で示し、良に比べて黒さに劣るが許容範囲内と認識できるものを可として〇で示し、可より劣り黒さに不快を感ずるものを不可として×で示した。
 また、表2において、映像の歪みの有無は、格子パターンが均一に感じられたものを良として◎、良に比べて直線性に劣り不均一感を感ずるものを不可として×で示した。
In addition, in Table 2, the contrast feeling is indicated by ⊙ when the display of the entire black pattern is perceived as black, and is indicated by ◯ when the blackness is inferior to good but can be recognized as being within the allowable range. , and those that were inferior to acceptable and felt discomfort in blackness were indicated by x as failure.
In Table 2, the presence or absence of distortion in the image was indicated by ⊚ when the lattice pattern was perceived as uniform, and by x when the linearity was inferior to good and the impression of non-uniformity was perceived as unacceptable.
 なお、総合評価は、各スクリーンについて、目視評価による映像のぎらつきや映像の明瞭さ、スクリーンの透明性、天井への映像の映り込み、コントラスト感、映像の歪みをすべて考慮しての評価であり、映像のぎらつきが低減され、映像が明瞭であり、透明性も十分であり、天井への映像の映り込みが認識できず、コントラスト感が高く、映像の歪みも感じられないものを良として◎で示し、良よりは劣るが使用可能であるものを可として〇で示し、使用に適さないものを不可として×で示した。 The overall evaluation is an evaluation that considers visual glare and image clarity, screen transparency, image reflection on the ceiling, contrast, and image distortion for each screen. The images should have reduced glare, be clear and sufficiently transparent, should not be reflected on the ceiling, should have a high contrast, and should not be distorted. Those that are inferior to good but usable are indicated by ◯, and those that are not suitable for use are indicated by ×.
 表2に示すように、光制御層16を備えていない比較例3のスクリーンでは、明瞭な映像が表示され、コントラスト感も良好であり、映像の歪みもなく、スクリーンの透明性や天井への映像の映り込み低減の効果も得られたが、映像のぎらつきが生じており、好ましくない。
 また、第1基材層11よりも映像源側に、光制御層16ではなく光拡散層を備えている比較例4のスクリーンでは、映像のぎらつきは効果的に抑制されており、映像の歪みもなく、天井への映像の映り込みの低減も良好であった。しかし、比較例4のスクリーンでは、映像が暗く不明瞭であり(像ぼけが大きい)、さらにスクリーンの透明性やコントラスト感も大きく低下している。これは、光拡散層が、光の入射角度によらず光を拡散するため、照明光等の外光等も拡散されてしまうためと考えられる。
As shown in Table 2, the screen of Comparative Example 3, which did not have the light control layer 16, displayed a clear image, had a good contrast feeling, had no distortion in the image, had transparency of the screen, and could not be seen from the ceiling. Although the effect of reducing image reflection was obtained, the image glare occurred, which is not preferable.
Further, in the screen of Comparative Example 4, in which the light diffusion layer instead of the light control layer 16 is provided on the image source side of the first base material layer 11, glare in the image is effectively suppressed. There was no distortion, and the reflection of images on the ceiling was well reduced. However, in the screen of Comparative Example 4, the image was dark and unclear (large image blur), and the transparency and contrast of the screen were greatly reduced. This is probably because the light diffusion layer diffuses light irrespective of the incident angle of the light, so external light such as illumination light is also diffused.
 また、比較例5のスクリーンでは、映像のぎらつき、映像の歪みの無さ、天井への映像の映り込み低減は良好であり、スクリーンの透明性も十分であった。しかし、比較例5のスクリーンでは、2重像等の像ぼけが生じて映像の明瞭さが低下しており、コントラスト感も低下しており、好ましくなかった。
 さらに、比較例6のスクリーンでは、映像の明瞭さや天井への映像の映り込みの低減は良好であり、スクリーンの透明性や、映像のぎらつきの抑制、コントラスト感も十分であった。しかし、比較例6のスクリーンは、透光性基板層48を備えていないため、映像の歪みが大きく、好ましくなかった。
 さらに、比較例7のスクリーンでは、映像の明瞭さや映像の歪みの無さは良好であり、スクリーンの透明性も十分であったが、映像のぎらつきが大きく、天井への映像の映り込みも生じ、コントラスト感も大きく低下しており、好ましくなかった。
In addition, the screen of Comparative Example 5 had no glare in the image, no distortion in the image, good reduction in reflection of the image on the ceiling, and sufficient transparency of the screen. However, in the screen of Comparative Example 5, image blurring such as double images occurred, the clarity of the image was lowered, and the contrast was also lowered, which was not preferable.
Furthermore, the screen of Comparative Example 6 was excellent in the clarity of the image and the reduction of reflection of the image on the ceiling, and the transparency of the screen, the suppression of the glare of the image, and the contrast were sufficient. However, since the screen of Comparative Example 6 did not include the translucent substrate layer 48, the distortion of the image was large, which was not preferable.
Furthermore, in the screen of Comparative Example 7, the clarity of the image and the absence of distortion of the image were good, and the transparency of the screen was sufficient. This was not preferable because the contrast was greatly reduced.
 これに対して、実施例2のスクリーンは、映像のぎらつきを大幅に低減できており、映像の歪みもなく、映像の明瞭さやスクリーンの透明性、コントラスト感も十分であった。また、実施例2のスクリーンでは、スクリーンの背面側の天井への映像の映り込みも視認されず、大幅に改善されていた。
 以上のことから、本実施形態によれば、明瞭な映像を表示でき、かつ、映像のぎらつきを低減でき、透明性も十分なスクリーン40及び映像表示装置1を提供できる。
 また、本実施形態によれば、調光層30を遮光状態とすることにより、コントラスト感のより良好な映像を表示できる。また、本実施形態によれば、スクリーン面の平面性を向上させ、歪みの無い良好な映像を表示できる。
 また、本実施形態によれば、さらに、スクリーンの背面側の天井等への映像の映り込みも大幅に抑制できるスクリーン40及び映像表示装置1を提供できる。
On the other hand, the screen of Example 2 was able to greatly reduce the glare of the image, had no image distortion, and had sufficient image clarity, screen transparency, and contrast. In addition, in the screen of Example 2, the reflection of the image on the ceiling on the back side of the screen was not visually recognized, which was greatly improved.
As described above, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to provide the screen 40 and the image display device 1 capable of displaying a clear image, reducing glare of the image, and having sufficient transparency.
Further, according to the present embodiment, by setting the light control layer 30 in the light shielding state, it is possible to display an image with a better sense of contrast. Moreover, according to the present embodiment, the flatness of the screen surface can be improved, and good images without distortion can be displayed.
Further, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to provide the screen 40 and the image display device 1 that can greatly suppress the reflection of the image on the ceiling or the like on the back side of the screen.
(第3実施形態の他の形態)
 上述の第3実施形態において、スクリーン40は、透光性基板層48を備える形態としたが、これに限らず、透光性基板層48を備えず、第1基材層11が十分な厚みと剛性を有する形態としてもよい。
 このような形態の場合にも、スクリーン40の厚み方向において、光制御層16の背面側の面から第1光学形状層12の映像源側の面までの距離D1は、調光層30の映像源側の面から第2光学形状層14の背面側の面までの距離D2より大きいことが好ましく、距離D1は、0.5mmより大きく8mm以下とすることが、映像の明瞭さと映像のぎらつき低減の双方の効果を得る観点から好ましい。
 本実施形態によれば、上述の第3実施形態と同様に、映像のぎらつきを低減でき、かつ、明瞭な映像を表示できる。また、本実施形態においても、スクリーンの透明性を維持でき、スクリーンの背面側の天井への映像の映り込みを改善できる。また、本実施形態においては、上述の実施形態よりもスクリーンを構成する層数を減らすことができ、界面での光の反射損失を低減し、スクリーンの透明性の向上や映像の明るさ向上等を図ることができる。
(Another form of the third embodiment)
In the above-described third embodiment, the screen 40 is provided with the translucent substrate layer 48, but this is not restrictive, and the first substrate layer 11 does not have the translucent substrate layer 48 and has a sufficient thickness. and rigidity.
Even in such a configuration, the distance D1 from the back side surface of the light control layer 16 to the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer 12 in the thickness direction of the screen 40 is It is preferable that the distance D2 from the surface on the source side to the surface on the back side of the second optical shape layer 14 is greater than D1, and the distance D1 is greater than 0.5 mm and 8 mm or less to reduce image clarity and image glare. It is preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining both effects of reduction.
According to this embodiment, similarly to the above-described third embodiment, it is possible to reduce the glare of an image and display a clear image. Also in this embodiment, the transparency of the screen can be maintained, and reflection of images on the ceiling on the back side of the screen can be improved. In addition, in this embodiment, the number of layers constituting the screen can be reduced more than in the above-described embodiment, the reflection loss of light at the interface is reduced, the transparency of the screen is improved, the brightness of the image is improved, etc. can be achieved.
(第4実施形態)
 第4実施形態は、スクリーン70が、光制御層16を備えておらず、調光層30を備える点が、第1実施形態とは異なる。このスクリーン70は、第1実施形態のスクリーン10に換えて、映像表示装置1に適用可能である。
 第4実施形態等において、前述の第1実施形態や第2実施形態と同様の機能を果たす部分には、同一の符号又は末尾に同一の符号を付して、重複する説明を適宜省略する。
 図13は、第4実施形態のスクリーン70の層構成を示す図である。図13では、スクリーン70の画面中央(画面の幾何学的中心)となる点を通り、画面上下方向(Y方向)に平行であって、スクリーン面に直交(Z方向に平行)する断面の一部を拡大して示している。
 図13に示すように、スクリーン70は、厚み方向(Z方向)において、その映像源側(+Z側)から順に、第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層15、接合層17c、調光層30等を備えている。
(Fourth embodiment)
The fourth embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the screen 70 does not include the light control layer 16 but includes the light control layer 30 . This screen 70 can be applied to the image display device 1 in place of the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
In the fourth embodiment and the like, portions that perform the same functions as those of the first and second embodiments described above are given the same reference numerals or the same reference numerals at the end thereof, and duplicate descriptions thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
FIG. 13 is a diagram showing the layer structure of the screen 70 of the fourth embodiment. In FIG. 13, one cross-sectional view passes through the screen center (geometric center of the screen) of the screen 70, is parallel to the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen, and is orthogonal to the screen surface (parallel to the Z direction). part is enlarged.
As shown in FIG. 13, the screen 70 includes the first substrate layer 11, the first optical shape layer 12, the reflective layer 13, the second It includes an optical shape layer 14, a second base material layer 15, a bonding layer 17c, a light control layer 30, and the like.
 調光層30は、前述の第2実施形態等に示した調光層30と同様の形態である。ここで、調光層30についてさらに説明する。
 この調光層30は、ノーマリーダークであり、透光状態(電界印加時)において、上述のように、入射角度が0°である光の透過率を最大とし、入射角度が大きくなるにつれて透過率が低下する。
 これに対して、光吸収作用を有する着色材等を含有し、入射する光の一部を吸収し、一部を透過する一般的な光吸収層である着色層は、正面透過率(入射角度0で入射して出射角度0°で出射する光の透過率)に対して、斜め方向から入射する光の透過率の低下する割合が小さい。
The light control layer 30 has the same shape as the light control layer 30 shown in the second embodiment and the like. Here, the light modulating layer 30 will be further described.
This light modulating layer 30 is normally dark, and in the transmissive state (when an electric field is applied), as described above, the transmittance of light at an incident angle of 0° is maximized, and the transmittance increases as the incident angle increases. rate drops.
On the other hand, the colored layer, which is a general light absorption layer that contains a coloring material or the like having a light absorption action, absorbs part of the incident light and transmits part of it, has a front transmittance (incident angle The rate of decrease in the transmittance of light incident from an oblique direction is small relative to the transmittance of light incident at 0 and emitted at an emission angle of 0°.
 図14は、試料1~3において入射角度による透過率の変化を測定する方法を説明する図である。
 図14に示すように、本実施形態の調光層30に相当する試料1、比較例である着色層に相当する試料2、比較例となるLCDパネルである試料3を、それぞれ、暗室環境下において、光透過性の高いアクリル樹脂製の板状の部材(アクリル板)E1に積層し、アクリル板E1側から所定の入射角度θ1で測定用の光源E2から光を照射する。そして、試料側の面の出射角度θ1となる方向に受光器E3(大塚電子株式会社製 MCPD6800分光器)を配置し、出射角度θ1方向への出射光の透過率を測定し、正面透過率(入射角度0°の光の出射角度0°方向への透過率)に対する斜め方向から入射する光の透過率の低下率を算出した。なお、この測定において、試料1となる調光層30は、電圧が印加された透光状態であるとした。
FIG. 14 is a diagram for explaining a method of measuring the change in transmittance depending on the incident angle in Samples 1 to 3. FIG.
As shown in FIG. 14, a sample 1 corresponding to the light control layer 30 of the present embodiment, a sample 2 corresponding to the colored layer as a comparative example, and a sample 3 as an LCD panel as a comparative example were each prepared in a dark room environment. is laminated on a plate-shaped member (acrylic plate) E1 made of acrylic resin having high light transmittance, and light is irradiated from the light source E2 for measurement at a predetermined incident angle θ1 from the side of the acrylic plate E1. Then, a light receiver E3 (MCPD6800 spectroscope manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.) is placed in the direction of the output angle θ1 on the surface on the sample side, and the transmittance of the output light in the output angle θ1 direction is measured, and the front transmittance ( The decrease rate of the transmittance of light incident from an oblique direction with respect to the transmittance of light having an incident angle of 0° in the direction of an output angle of 0° was calculated. In this measurement, it is assumed that the light modulating layer 30, which is the sample 1, is in a translucent state in which a voltage is applied.
 試料1は、本実施形態の調光層30の実施例に相当し、その厚みが0.26mmである。また、試料1において、基材31A,31Bは、厚みが0.125mmであるPET樹脂製のフィルムであり、透明電極32A,32Bは、ITOにより形成されている。液晶層36は、二色性色素組成物を使用したゲストホスト型の液晶組成物により形成されている。この試料1は、透光状態における正面透過率は、29%である。
 また、試料2は、着色材を含有したアクリル樹脂製のシート状の部材であり、厚さが1mmである。試料2は、正面透過率が2.3%である。
 試料3は、TN方式で駆動される液晶層を備え、ノーマリーホワイトであるLCDパネルであり、本願の調光層30と同様の液晶層や透明電極、基材等を備えているが、さらに、その映像源側及び背面側に、それぞれ不図示の偏光板を備えている。
 この試料3のLCDパネルは、横長の矩形状であり、図14に示す透過率の測定時の状態においては、長辺方向に平行な方向から見た側面が示されるようアクリル板E1に積層される。この試料3は、そのパネル面を正面方向から見たときに、不図示の偏光板の透過軸がパネル面の上下方向(短辺方向)に対して45°をなしており、透光状態での正面透過率が0.75%である。また、試料3は、厚みが1.6mmである。
Sample 1 corresponds to an example of the light modulating layer 30 of this embodiment and has a thickness of 0.26 mm. In Sample 1, the substrates 31A and 31B are PET resin films having a thickness of 0.125 mm, and the transparent electrodes 32A and 32B are made of ITO. The liquid crystal layer 36 is formed of a guest-host type liquid crystal composition using a dichroic dye composition. This sample 1 has a front transmittance of 29% in the transmissive state.
Sample 2 is a sheet-like member made of acrylic resin containing a coloring material, and has a thickness of 1 mm. Sample 2 has a front transmittance of 2.3%.
Sample 3 is a normally white LCD panel that includes a liquid crystal layer driven by the TN method, and includes the same liquid crystal layer, transparent electrode, base material, etc. as the light control layer 30 of the present application. , and polarizing plates (not shown) are provided on the image source side and the back side thereof.
The LCD panel of this sample 3 has a horizontally long rectangular shape, and is laminated on the acrylic plate E1 so that the side surface seen from the direction parallel to the long side direction is shown in the state at the time of transmittance measurement shown in FIG. be. In this sample 3, when the panel surface is viewed from the front, the transmission axis of the polarizing plate (not shown) is 45° with respect to the vertical direction (short side direction) of the panel surface. has a front transmittance of 0.75%. Moreover, the sample 3 has a thickness of 1.6 mm.
 図15は、試料1~3の正面透過率に対する斜め入射光の透過率の低下率を示すグラフである。縦軸は、正面透過率(入射角度0°の光の出射角度0°方向への透過率)に対する斜め方向から入射する光の透過率の低下率(%)であり、横軸は、入射角度(°)である。図15では、入射角度40°以上80°以下における低下率を示している。 FIG. 15 is a graph showing the rate of decrease in the transmittance of obliquely incident light with respect to the front transmittance of samples 1 to 3. The vertical axis represents the reduction rate (%) of the transmittance of light incident from an oblique direction with respect to the front transmittance (the transmittance in the direction of the output angle of 0° for light with an incident angle of 0°), and the horizontal axis represents the incident angle. (°). FIG. 15 shows the rate of decrease when the incident angle is 40° or more and 80° or less.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000003
 表3は、試料1~3の入射角度別の正面透過率に対する斜め入射光の透過率の低下率を示す表である。
 図15及び表3に示すように、比較例である光吸収層に相当する試料2では、入射角度40°での低下率が50.4%であり、入射角度50°での低下率が59.9%、入射角度60°での低下率が76.1%、入射角度70°での低下率が87.6%、入射角度80°での低下率が89.3%であった。
Table 3 is a table showing the rate of decrease in the transmittance of obliquely incident light with respect to the front transmittance for each incident angle of samples 1 to 3.
As shown in FIG. 15 and Table 3, in the sample 2 corresponding to the light absorption layer of the comparative example, the decrease rate at the incident angle of 40° was 50.4%, and the decrease rate at the incident angle of 50° was 59%. 9%, the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 60° was 76.1%, the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 70° was 87.6%, and the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 80° was 89.3%.
 また、比較例である試料3では、試料3は、試料2よりも低下率が大きく、入射角度40°での低下率が58.5%であり、入射角度50°での低下率が72.8%、入射角度60°での低下率が84.6%、入射角度70°での低下率が94.4%、入射角度80°での低下率が97.3%であった。 Sample 3, which is a comparative example, has a larger reduction rate than Sample 2, with a reduction rate of 58.5% at an incident angle of 40° and a reduction rate of 72.5% at an incident angle of 50°. 8%, the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 60° was 84.6%, the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 70° was 94.4%, and the rate of decrease at an incident angle of 80° was 97.3%.
 これに対して、本実施形態の調光層30の実施例に相当する試料1では、入射角度40°での低下率が71.7%であり、入射角度50°での低下率が81.1%、入射角度60°での低下率が90.5%、入射角度70°での低下率が95.6%、入射角度80°での低下率が96.8%であり、入射角度40°以上80°以下の範囲において、低下率が試料2,3よりも大きかった。特に、入射角度が40°及び入射角度50°での透過率の低下率は、試料1の方が試料2よりも約21%大きかった。また、試料1は、入射角度が40°での透過率の低下率が、試料3よりも13.2%大きく、入射角度が50°での透過率の低下率が、試料3よりも8.3%大きかった。
 以上のことから、本実施形態のような調光層30を備えるスクリーン70は、調光層30が透光状態である場合には、正面方向からの光を透過しつつ、斜め方向からの入射光(特に、入射角度40°以上の光)に対して効果的に吸収して遮光することができる。
On the other hand, in Sample 1 corresponding to the example of the light modulating layer 30 of the present embodiment, the reduction rate at the incident angle of 40° was 71.7%, and the reduction rate at the incident angle of 50° was 81.7%. 1%, 90.5% at 60° incident angle, 95.6% at 70° incident angle, 96.8% at 80° incident angle, and 96.8% at 80° incident angle. The rate of decrease was greater than that of Samples 2 and 3 in the range of 80° or more. In particular, the rate of decrease in transmittance at an incident angle of 40° and an incident angle of 50° was about 21% greater for sample 1 than for sample 2. Sample 1 has a transmittance decrease rate at an incident angle of 40° that is 13.2% larger than Sample 3, and a transmittance decrease rate at an incident angle of 50° is 8.0% greater than that of Sample 3. 3% larger.
As described above, the screen 70 including the light control layer 30 as in the present embodiment transmits light from the front direction while transmitting light from an oblique direction when the light control layer 30 is in a translucent state. It can effectively absorb and block light (in particular, light with an incident angle of 40° or more).
 図16は、第4実施形態のスクリーン70に入射する映像光及び外光の一例を示す図である。図16では、図13に示すスクリーン70の断面と同様の断面の一部を拡大して示している。また、図16では、理解を容易にするために、調光層30に関してはその構成を省略して示している。また、図16では、理解を容易にするために、各層間の屈折率差はないものとして示している。
 スクリーン70の下方に位置する映像源LSから投射された映像光L71は、第1基材層11を透過して第1光学形状層12へ入射する。そして、映像光L71の一部である映像光L72は、単位光学形状121の第1斜面121aの反射層13によって拡散反射され、映像源側(+Z側)へ出射して観察者O1側に届く。映像光L72は、反射層13によって拡散反射されており、スクリーン70は、十分な視野角で映像を表示できる。
FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of image light and external light incident on the screen 70 of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 16 shows an enlarged part of a cross section similar to the cross section of the screen 70 shown in FIG. Further, in FIG. 16, the configuration of the light control layer 30 is omitted for easy understanding. Also, in FIG. 16, for ease of understanding, it is assumed that there is no refractive index difference between the layers.
The image light L71 projected from the image source LS positioned below the screen 70 passes through the first base material layer 11 and enters the first optical shape layer 12 . Then, the image light L72, which is a part of the image light L71, is diffusely reflected by the reflection layer 13 of the first slope 121a of the unit optical shape 121, emitted to the image source side (+Z side), and reaches the observer O1 side. . The image light L72 is diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13, and the screen 70 can display an image with a sufficient viewing angle.
 なお、映像光L71がスクリーン70の下方から投射されており、かつ、角度β(図13参照)がスクリーン70の画面上下方向(Y方向)の各点における映像光L71の入射角度よりも大きいので、映像光L71が第2斜面121bに直接入射することはなく、第2斜面121bは、映像光の反射に寄与しない。
 また、映像光L71のうち、一部の映像光L73は、反射層13を透過して背面側へ向かい、第2光学形状層14等を透過しながら背面側上方へ向かい、調光層30へ入射する。前述のように、調光層30が遮光状態であっても、透光状態であっても、この映像光L73のような調光層30に対して大きな入射角度で入射する光は、調光層30の液晶層36で吸収される。
 このような映像光L73は、背面側の天井に到達した場合には、天井への映像の映り込みの要因となる。しかし、本実施形態のスクリーン70では、映像光L73は、調光層30により吸収されるので、天井への映像の映り込みを大幅に低減できる。
Note that the image light L71 is projected from below the screen 70, and the angle β (see FIG. 13) is larger than the incident angle of the image light L71 at each point in the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen 70. , the image light L71 does not directly enter the second slope 121b, and the second slope 121b does not contribute to the reflection of the image light.
In addition, part of the image light L73 of the image light L71 is transmitted through the reflection layer 13 and directed toward the back side, and is transmitted upward through the second optical shape layer 14 and the like, toward the light control layer 30. Incident. As described above, regardless of whether the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-blocking state or the light-transmitting state, the light, such as the image light L73, which is incident on the light-modulating layer 30 at a large angle of incidence, is light-modulated. It is absorbed in the liquid crystal layer 36 of layer 30 .
When such image light L73 reaches the ceiling on the back side, it causes reflection of the image on the ceiling. However, in the screen 70 of the present embodiment, the image light L73 is absorbed by the light control layer 30, so that reflection of the image on the ceiling can be greatly reduced.
 また、前述のように、調光層30が遮光状態である場合には、調光層30への入射角度によらず、調光層30は、入射する光の多くを吸収する。したがって、調光層30を備えていない場合に、スクリーンの背面側の空気界面でこのような映像光L73が全反射して映像源側へ出射することに起因する2重像等の像ぼけを大幅に抑制し、明瞭な映像を表示できる。また、このような映像光L73によって、スクリーン70の背面側に左右反転した映像が表示されることを抑制できる。
 また、調光層30が透光状態である場合には、調光層30は、入射角度の大きい光、すなわち、入射角度が40°以上となる光の多くを吸収する。したがって、映像光L73のうち、調光層30に対して入射角度が40°以上となる光は、その多くが調光層30により吸収される。したがって、調光層30が透光状態である場合にも、前述のような2重像等の像ぼけを低減する効果は得られるが、調光層30が遮光状態である場合の方が、その効果はより優れている。
Further, as described above, when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-shielding state, the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the incident light regardless of the angle of incidence on the light-modulating layer 30 . Therefore, in the case where the light control layer 30 is not provided, image blur such as a double image caused by total reflection of the image light L73 at the air interface on the back side of the screen and emitted to the image source side can be prevented. It can be greatly suppressed and a clear image can be displayed. In addition, it is possible to suppress the display of a left-right reversed image on the back side of the screen 70 by such image light L73.
Further, when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the light with a large incident angle, that is, the light with an incident angle of 40° or more. Therefore, of the image light L<b>73 , most of the light having an incident angle of 40° or more with respect to the light control layer 30 is absorbed by the light control layer 30 . Therefore, even when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, the effect of reducing image blurring such as double images as described above can be obtained, but when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-shielding state Its effect is better.
 次に、背面側(-Z側)又は映像源側(+Z側)からスクリーン70に入射する映像光以外の太陽光や照明光等の外光について、調光層30が遮光状態である場合、透光状態である場合に分けて説明する。
 調光層30が遮光状態である場合、調光層30は、調光層30への入射角度に依らず、入射する光の多くを吸収する。したがって、スクリーン70への入射角度が小さい外光G71,G72、映像源側上方からスクリーン70へ大きな入射角度で入射して反射層13を透過した外光G75、背面側上方からスクリーン70へ大きな入射角度で入射する外光G76は、その多くが調光層30に吸収され、観察者O1,O2には、調光層30(スクリーン40)は、黒画面状態として観察される。
 よって、調光層30が遮光状態の場合に映像光L71を投射することにより、黒輝度の低い、コントラストの高い良好な映像を表示できる。
Next, when the light control layer 30 is in a light blocking state with respect to external light such as sunlight and illumination light other than image light incident on the screen 70 from the back side (−Z side) or the image source side (+Z side), The description will be made separately for the translucent state.
When the light modulating layer 30 is in the light blocking state, the light modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the incident light regardless of the incident angle to the light modulating layer 30 . Therefore, external light G71 and G72 with a small incident angle on the screen 70, external light G75 that has entered the screen 70 from above the image source side at a large incident angle and has passed through the reflective layer 13, and large incident light on the screen 70 from above the back side. Most of the external light G76 incident at an angle is absorbed by the light control layer 30, and the light control layer 30 (screen 40) is observed as a black screen state by the observers O1 and O2.
Therefore, by projecting the image light L71 when the light control layer 30 is in the light blocking state, a good image with low black brightness and high contrast can be displayed.
 調光層30が透光状態である場合、スクリーン70への入射角度が小さい外光G71,G72は、その多くが、調光層30で吸収されることなく、図16に示すように、調光層30を透過する。また、スクリーン70は、光を拡散する粒子等の拡散材等を含有する層(光拡散層)を備えておらず、反射層13は、透過光については拡散しないので、このような外光G71,G72は、拡散されることなく、スクリーン70を透過して、それぞれ背面側、映像源側へ出射する。 When the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, most of the external light G71 and G72 with small incident angles to the screen 70 is not absorbed by the light-modulating layer 30, and is modulated as shown in FIG. It is transmitted through the optical layer 30 . In addition, the screen 70 does not include a layer (light diffusion layer) containing a diffusion material such as particles that diffuse light, and the reflection layer 13 does not diffuse transmitted light. , G72 pass through the screen 70 without being diffused, and exit to the rear side and the image source side, respectively.
 次に、スクリーン70に映像源側上方から入射する外光G73のうち、一部の外光(不図示)は、スクリーン70の表面で反射するが、スクリーン下方側へ向かい、観察者O1,O2には届かない。また、外光G73は、その多くがスクリーン70へ入射し、一部の外光G74は、反射層13で反射して、スクリーン70の映像源側下方へ向かい、スクリーン70の映像源側下方へ出射したり、スクリーン70の映像源側の表面で全反射して再度スクリーン70内部の下方へ向かい、減衰したりする。また、外光G73のうち、一部の外光G75は、反射層13を透過して、スクリーン70の背面側下方へ向かい調光層30に入射する。調光層30が透光状態である場合、外光75のうち、調光層30に対して大きな入射角度(入射角度40°以上)で入射する光の多くが調光層30で吸収される。 Of the external light G73 incident on the screen 70 from above on the image source side, part of the external light (not shown) is reflected on the surface of the screen 70. does not reach Most of the external light G73 is incident on the screen 70, and part of the external light G74 is reflected by the reflective layer 13 and directed downward on the image source side of the screen 70, and downward on the image source side of the screen 70. The light is emitted, or it is totally reflected by the surface of the screen 70 on the image source side, travels downward inside the screen 70 again, and is attenuated. A part of the external light G75 of the external light G73 is transmitted through the reflective layer 13 and enters the light control layer 30 toward the lower side of the back side of the screen 70 . When the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, most of the external light 75 incident on the light-modulating layer 30 at a large incident angle (incident angle of 40° or more) is absorbed by the light-modulating layer 30 . .
 スクリーン70に背面側上方から入射する外光G76は、大きな入射角度で調光層30に入射する。前述のように、調光層30が透光状態である場合、調光層30は、大きな入射角度(入射角度40°以上)で入射する光の多くを吸収するので、その多くが調光層30で吸収される。なお、外光G76の一部は、その調光層30の背面側の表面で反射するが、スクリーンの背面側下方へ進むため、観察者O1,O2には届かない。 The external light G76 incident on the screen 70 from above the back side enters the light control layer 30 at a large incident angle. As described above, when the light-modulating layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, the light-modulating layer 30 absorbs most of the light incident at a large incident angle (incidence angle of 40° or more). Absorbed at 30. Part of the external light G76 is reflected by the back surface of the light control layer 30, but travels downward on the back side of the screen and does not reach the observers O1 and O2.
 したがって、調光層30が透光状態の場合、スクリーン70は、映像源側上方や背面側上方から入射する外光によるスクリーン70の曇り(ヘイズ)等を抑制でき、スクリーン70の映像源側、背面側の正面方向に位置する観察者O1,O2が、スクリーン70を通してスクリーン70の向こう側の景色を観察した場合に、スクリーン70の向こう側の景色がぼやけたり、白くにじんだりすることなく、観察することができ、スクリーン70は、高い透明性を発揮できる。
 また、仮に、調光層30を透光状態として映像光を投射した場合には、スクリーン70の透明性を維持しつつ、外光による映像のコントラストの低下を抑制できる。
Therefore, when the light modulating layer 30 is in a light-transmitting state, the screen 70 can suppress fogging (haze) of the screen 70 due to external light incident from above the image source side or from the upper back side. When observers O1 and O2 positioned in the front direction on the back side observe the scenery on the other side of the screen 70 through the screen 70, the scenery on the other side of the screen 70 can be observed without blurring or whitening. and the screen 70 can exhibit high transparency.
Further, if image light is projected with the light modulating layer 30 in a light-transmissive state, the transparency of the screen 70 can be maintained while suppressing deterioration of image contrast due to external light.
 光を拡散する粒子等の拡散材を含有する光拡散層を備える従来の反射型のスクリーンでは、映像光は、反射層での拡散反射に加えて、光拡散層によって反射層での反射前後の2回拡散されるため、映像光が過度に拡散されて映像のぼけ(解像度が低下)が生じる。
 これに対して、本実施形態によれば、映像光は、反射層13での拡散反射の後は拡散されないので、解像度の高い映像を表示できる。
In a conventional reflective screen provided with a light diffusing layer containing a diffusing material such as particles that diffuse light, in addition to diffuse reflection on the reflective layer, image light is reflected before and after reflection on the reflective layer by the light diffusing layer. Since the light is diffused twice, the image light is diffused excessively, resulting in image blurring (decrease in resolution).
In contrast, according to the present embodiment, the image light is not diffused after being diffusely reflected by the reflective layer 13, so that a high-resolution image can be displayed.
 また、そのような光拡散層を備える従来の反射型のスクリーンでは、光拡散層によって不要な外光も拡散されるため、スクリーンとしての透明性が低下したり、映像のコントラストが低下したりする。
 これに対して、本実施形態のスクリーン70は、そのような光拡散層を備えておらず、外光は、その多くが拡散されることなくスクリーンを透過したり、調光層30により吸収されたり、観察者O1,O2の視認可能な範囲外へ出射したりするので、外光が拡散されることによる映像のコントラスト低下を大幅に抑制できる。また、調光層30を透光状態とした場合には、スクリーン70の透明性も維持できる。
In addition, in a conventional reflective screen provided with such a light diffusion layer, the light diffusion layer also diffuses unnecessary external light, so that the transparency of the screen decreases and the contrast of the image decreases. .
On the other hand, the screen 70 of this embodiment does not have such a light diffusion layer, and most of the outside light is transmitted through the screen without being diffused or is absorbed by the light control layer 30. Also, since the light is emitted outside the visible range of the observers O1 and O2, it is possible to greatly suppress the deterioration of the contrast of the image due to the diffusion of the outside light. Further, when the light modulating layer 30 is in a translucent state, the transparency of the screen 70 can be maintained.
 以上のことから、本実施形態によれば、映像のぼけ(解像度の低下)を抑制して明瞭な映像を表示できる。また、本実施形態によれば、反射層を透過した映像光による天井等への映像の映り込みや、そのような映像光がスクリーンの背面側表面で全反射して映像源側へ出射することによる二重像を抑制できる。
 また、本実施形態によれば、不要な外光が拡散されて観察者に届くことがないので、コントラストの高い映像を表示でき、かつ、調光層30を透光状態とした場合には、透明性の高いスクリーンとすることができる。
 また、本実施形態によれば、表示する映像やスクリーン70の使用環境に応じて、調光層30を透光状態とするか、遮光状態とするか適宜選択して設定できるので、利便性を向上できる。
As described above, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to display a clear image by suppressing image blurring (decrease in resolution). Further, according to the present embodiment, image light transmitted through the reflective layer is reflected on the ceiling or the like, and such image light is totally reflected on the back surface of the screen and emitted to the image source side. It is possible to suppress the double image caused by
In addition, according to the present embodiment, unnecessary external light is not diffused and reaches the observer, so that a high-contrast image can be displayed, and when the light control layer 30 is in the light-transmitting state, A highly transparent screen can be obtained.
Further, according to the present embodiment, it is possible to appropriately select and set the light control layer 30 to be in the light transmitting state or in the light blocking state according to the image to be displayed and the environment in which the screen 70 is used. can improve.
(第5実施形態)
 第5実施形態は、スクリーン80が、光制御層16を備えておらず、調光層30、透光性基板層88,89を備える点が、第1実施形態とは異なる。このスクリーン80は、第1実施形態のスクリーン10に換えて、映像表示装置1に適用可能である。
 第5実施形態等において、前述の第1実施形態や第2実施形態と同様の機能を果たす部分には、同一の符号又は末尾に同一の符号を付して、重複する説明を適宜省略する。
(Fifth embodiment)
The fifth embodiment differs from the first embodiment in that the screen 80 does not include the light control layer 16 but includes the light control layer 30 and translucent substrate layers 88 and 89 . This screen 80 can be applied to the video display device 1 in place of the screen 10 of the first embodiment.
In the fifth embodiment and the like, portions that perform the same functions as those of the first and second embodiments described above are denoted by the same reference numerals or the same reference numerals at the end thereof, and overlapping descriptions are omitted as appropriate.
 図17は、第5実施形態のスクリーン80の層構成を示す図である。図17では、スクリーン80の画面中央(画面の幾何学的中心)となる点を通り、画面上下方向(Y方向)に平行であって、スクリーン面に直交(Z方向に平行)する断面の一部を拡大して示している。
 図17に示すように、スクリーン80は、厚み方向(Z方向)において、その映像源側(+Z側)から順に、第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層13、第2光学形状層14、第2基材層15、接合層17c、透光性基板層88、接合層87a、調光層30、接合層87b、透光性基板層89等を備えている。
FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the layer structure of the screen 80 of the fifth embodiment. In FIG. 17, one cross-sectional view passes through the screen center (geometric center of the screen) of the screen 80, is parallel to the vertical direction of the screen (Y direction), and is perpendicular to the screen surface (parallel to the Z direction). part is enlarged.
As shown in FIG. 17, the screen 80 includes, in the thickness direction (Z direction), the first substrate layer 11, the first optical shape layer 12, the reflective layer 13, the second It includes an optical shape layer 14, a second base material layer 15, a bonding layer 17c, a translucent substrate layer 88, a bonding layer 87a, a light control layer 30, a bonding layer 87b, a translucent substrate layer 89, and the like.
 透光性基板層88,89は、光透過性が高く、第1基材層11や第2基材層15等よりも厚みが大きい板状の部材である、この透光性基板層88,89は、要求される強度に応じて、フロートガラスや強化ガラスによりにより形成されることが好ましい。また、透光性基板層88,89は、その厚さが0.5mm以上8mm以下であることが好ましい。
 透光性基板層88は、接合層87aを介して基材31Aの映像源側に積層され、透光性基板層89は、接合層87bを介して基材31Bの背面側に積層されている。
The light-transmitting substrate layers 88 and 89 are plate-shaped members having high light-transmitting properties and being thicker than the first base material layer 11, the second base material layer 15, and the like. 89 is preferably made of float glass or tempered glass depending on the required strength. Further, the translucent substrate layers 88 and 89 preferably have a thickness of 0.5 mm or more and 8 mm or less.
The translucent substrate layer 88 is laminated on the image source side of the base material 31A via a bonding layer 87a, and the translucent substrate layer 89 is laminated on the back side of the base material 31B via a bonding layer 87b. .
 接合層87a,87bは、光透過性の高い接着材や粘着材や、光透過性及び粘着性を有するシート状の部材等を用いることができる。また、接合層87a,87bは、ポリビニルブチラール樹脂(PVB樹脂)により形成される中間膜形成シート等を用いてもよい。
 すなわち、図17に示すように、本実施形態では、調光層30は、接合層87a,87bを介して2枚の透光性基板層88,89に挟持されている形態となっている。なお、この透光性基板層88,89は、スクリーン80の厚み方向から見て、大きさが調光層30より大きく、調光層30の外端から透光性基板層88,89の端部までの空間を接合層87a,87bが充填している形態としてもよい。
For the joining layers 87a and 87b, an adhesive material or adhesive material having high light transparency, a sheet-shaped member having light transparency and adhesiveness, or the like can be used. Also, the bonding layers 87a and 87b may be made of an intermediate film forming sheet or the like made of polyvinyl butyral resin (PVB resin).
That is, as shown in FIG. 17, in this embodiment, the light modulating layer 30 is sandwiched between two translucent substrate layers 88 and 89 via bonding layers 87a and 87b. The light-transmitting substrate layers 88 and 89 are larger than the light-modulating layer 30 when viewed from the thickness direction of the screen 80, and the outer edge of the light-transmitting layer 30 extends from the edge of the light-transmitting substrate layers 88 and 89. The space up to the part may be filled with the bonding layers 87a and 87b.
 本実施形態によれば、第4実施形態において示した効果に加え、さらに、以下のようか効果を奏することができる。
 本実施形態によれば、高温下で重力方向に液晶層36の液晶材料が重力方向に落ちて、液晶材料の分布にムラが生じ、調光層30が遮光状態や透光状態であるときの透過率分布のムラを低減できる。
 また、本実施形態によれば、2枚の透光性基板層88,89により、スクリーン80のスクリーン面の平面性を向上させることができる。
 なお、本実施形態では、スクリーン80は、光制御層16を備えていない形態を示したが、これに限らず、第1基材層11の映像源側に接合層17aを介して光制御層16を備える形態としてもよい。
 なお、本実施形態では、スクリーン80は、調光層30が透光性基板層88,89により挟持されている例を示したが、これに限らず、調光層30の映像源側又は背面側に1枚の透光性基板層が積層されている形態としてもよい。
According to this embodiment, in addition to the effects shown in the fourth embodiment, the following effects can be obtained.
According to the present embodiment, the liquid crystal material of the liquid crystal layer 36 falls in the direction of gravity at high temperature, causing uneven distribution of the liquid crystal material, and the light control layer 30 is in the light shielding state or the light transmitting state. It is possible to reduce the unevenness of the transmittance distribution.
Further, according to this embodiment, the flatness of the screen surface of the screen 80 can be improved by the two translucent substrate layers 88 and 89 .
In this embodiment, the screen 80 does not include the light control layer 16, but the present invention is not limited to this. 16 may be provided.
In this embodiment, the screen 80 shows an example in which the light control layer 30 is sandwiched between the light-transmitting substrate layers 88 and 89. However, the screen 80 is not limited to this. A configuration in which one translucent substrate layer is laminated on the side may also be used.
(変形形態)
 以上説明した実施形態に限定されることなく、種々の変形や変更が可能であって、それらも本発明の範囲内である。
(1)各実施形態において、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80の映像源側(+Z側)及び背面側(-Z側)の表面に、傷つき防止を目的としたハードコート層を設けてもよい。ハードコート層は、例えば、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80の映像源側及び背面側の面に、ハードコート機能を有する紫外線硬化型樹脂(例えば、ウレタンアクリレート等)を塗布する等により、形成される。
(deformed form)
Various modifications and changes are possible without being limited to the embodiments described above, and they are also within the scope of the present invention.
(1) In each embodiment, the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 are provided with a hard coat layer for the purpose of preventing scratches on the surface of the image source side (+Z side) and the back side (−Z side). good too. The hard coat layer is formed, for example, by coating the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 on the image source side and the back side with an ultraviolet curable resin (for example, urethane acrylate, etc.) having a hard coat function. It is formed.
 また、ハードコート層に限らず、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80の使用環境や使用目的等に応じて、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80の映像源側及び背面側の表面に、例えば、反射防止機能、紫外線吸収機能、防汚機能、帯電防止機能等、適宜必要な機能を有する層を1つ又は複数選択して設けてもよい。さらに、光制御層16よりも映像源側にタッチパネル層等を設けてもよい。
 特に、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80の映像源側の表面に反射防止層を設けた場合には、スクリーン表面での映像光の反射を低減してスクリーン10,20,40,70,80への入射光量を増大させ、映像の明るさを向上させる効果に加え、反射層13で反射した映像光が、映像源側の空気との界面で反射して、背面側へ出射して背面側に映像が漏れたように表示されることを防止できる。
 なお、ハードコート層等の各種機能を有する層は、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80の映像源側又は背面側の表面のどちらか一方に設けられる形態としてもよい。
In addition to the hard coat layer, depending on the usage environment and purpose of use of the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80, the surface of the image source side and the back side of the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 For example, one or a plurality of layers having appropriate necessary functions such as antireflection function, ultraviolet absorption function, antifouling function, and antistatic function may be selected and provided. Furthermore, a touch panel layer or the like may be provided on the image source side of the light control layer 16 .
In particular, when an antireflection layer is provided on the surface of the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 on the image source side, the reflection of image light on the screen surface is reduced to reduce the reflection of the image light on the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, . In addition to the effect of increasing the amount of incident light to 80 and improving the brightness of the image, the image light reflected by the reflective layer 13 is reflected at the interface with the air on the image source side and emitted to the back side. It is possible to prevent the image from being displayed as if it were leaking to the side.
The layers having various functions such as the hard coat layer may be provided on either the image source side or the back side of the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80. FIG.
(2)第1、第3実施形態において、スクリーン10,40は、透明性を有する例を示したが、これに限らず、透明性を有しない反射型のスクリーンとしてもよい。
 図18は、変形形態のスクリーン50の層構成を示す図である。この変形形態のスクリーン50は、第1実施形態のスクリーン10の変形形態に相当する。図18では、図2に示す第1実施形態のスクリーン10の断面に相当する変形形態のスクリーン50の断面を示しており、変形形態のスクリーン50の画面中央(画面の幾何学的中心)となる点を通り、画面上下方向(Y方向)に平行であって、スクリーン面に直交(Z方向に平行)する断面の一部を拡大して示している。
 変形形態のスクリーン50は、厚み方向に沿って映像源側から順に、光制御層16、接合層17a、第1基材層11、第1光学形状層12、反射層53、第2光学形状層54を有している。
 反射層53は、光を反射する作用を有する層である。反射層53は、少なくとも第1斜面121aの一部に形成される。図18は、反射層53は、第1斜面121aに形成され、第2斜面121bには形成されていない形態となっているが、これに限らず、第1斜面121a及び第2斜面121bに形成される形態としてもよい。
(2) In the first and third embodiments, the screens 10 and 40 are transparent.
FIG. 18 is a diagram showing the layer structure of a modified screen 50. As shown in FIG. The screen 50 of this modified form corresponds to a modified form of the screen 10 of the first embodiment. FIG. 18 shows a cross section of a modified screen 50 corresponding to the cross section of the screen 10 of the first embodiment shown in FIG. A part of a cross section passing through the point and parallel to the vertical direction (Y direction) of the screen and orthogonal to the screen surface (parallel to the Z direction) is shown enlarged.
The screen 50 of the modified form includes, in order from the image source side along the thickness direction, the light control layer 16, the bonding layer 17a, the first substrate layer 11, the first optically shaped layer 12, the reflective layer 53, and the second optically shaped layer. 54.
The reflective layer 53 is a layer having a function of reflecting light. The reflective layer 53 is formed on at least part of the first slope 121a. In FIG. 18, the reflective layer 53 is formed on the first slope 121a and not on the second slope 121b. It is good also as a form carried out.
 反射層53は、第1斜面121a上に、アルミニウムや銀、ニッケル等の金属を蒸着する、スパッタリングする、又は、金属箔を転写する等により形成することが好ましい。
 また、反射層53は、銀色系の塗料や、銀色系の顔料やビーズ等を含有する紫外線硬化型樹脂又は熱硬化性樹脂、銀やアルミニウム等の金属蒸着膜や金属箔等を粉砕した粒子や微小なフレークを含む塗料等を、スプレーコートや、ダイコート、スクリーン印刷、ワイピングによる溝充填等の各種塗布方法により塗布して硬化させることにより形成することも可能である。
The reflective layer 53 is preferably formed on the first slope 121a by evaporating or sputtering a metal such as aluminum, silver, or nickel, or by transferring a metal foil.
In addition, the reflective layer 53 includes particles obtained by pulverizing a silver-based paint, an ultraviolet curable resin or a thermosetting resin containing silver-based pigments, beads, or the like, metal vapor-deposited films such as silver or aluminum, or metal foil, or the like. It is also possible to apply a paint or the like containing fine flakes by various coating methods such as spray coating, die coating, screen printing, and groove filling by wiping, and then cure the coating.
 第2光学形状層54は、実施形態の第2光学形状層14と同様に、反射層53及び第1光学形状層12の背面側(-Z側)に、これらを被覆するように設けられている。この第2光学形状層54は、光吸収性を有しており、光透過性を有しない。
 この第2光学形状層54は、第2斜面121b上に接しているので、映像源側から第2斜面121bに入射した太陽光や照明光等の外光を吸収し、映像のコントラストを向上させることができる。また、第2光学形状層54が光吸収性を有することにより、スクリーン50の背面側に配置される不図示の支持板等が光透過性を有する場合にも、背面側から入射した外光による映像のコントラストの低下を抑制することができる。
The second optical shape layer 54 is provided on the rear side (−Z side) of the reflective layer 53 and the first optical shape layer 12 so as to cover them, like the second optical shape layer 14 of the embodiment. there is This second optical shape layer 54 has light absorption properties and does not have light transmission properties.
Since the second optical shape layer 54 is in contact with the second slope 121b, it absorbs external light such as sunlight and illumination light incident on the second slope 121b from the image source side, thereby improving the contrast of the image. be able to. In addition, since the second optical shape layer 54 has light absorption properties, even when a support plate (not shown) disposed on the back side of the screen 50 has light transmission properties, external light incident from the back side A decrease in image contrast can be suppressed.
 このような第2光学形状層54は、黒色等の暗色系の顔料や染料、光吸収作用を有するビーズ、カーボンブラック等を含有する熱硬化型樹脂もしくは紫外線硬化型樹脂や、黒色等の暗色系の水系塗料や有機系塗料等により形成することが好適である。
 また、第2光学形状層54は、光吸収作用や反射層53の保護作用等を十分発揮する観点から、スクリーン50の厚み方向において、単位光学形状121間の頂点となる点t1からその背面側表面までの寸法を十分有することが好ましい。
Such a second optical shape layer 54 is formed of a thermosetting resin or an ultraviolet curable resin containing dark pigments or dyes such as black, beads having a light absorbing action, carbon black, etc., or a dark color such as black. It is preferable to use a water-based paint, an organic paint, or the like.
In addition, from the viewpoint of sufficiently exhibiting the light absorbing action, the protective action of the reflective layer 53, and the like, the second optical shape layer 54 is arranged in the thickness direction of the screen 50 from the point t1, which is the vertex between the unit optical shapes 121, to the rear side thereof. It is preferable to have a sufficient dimension to the surface.
 スクリーン50は、不図示の接合層を介して不図示の支持板に接合されている。この支持板は、例えば、木製やガラス製、樹脂製等の板状の部材であり、光透過性を有していないことが好ましい。また、支持板として室内の壁等も利用可能である。 The screen 50 is joined to a support plate (not shown) via a joining layer (not shown). The support plate is, for example, a plate-like member made of wood, glass, resin, or the like, and preferably does not have light transmittance. Also, an indoor wall or the like can be used as the support plate.
 なお、上述の例に限らず、第2光学形状層54が光吸収性を有しておらず、スクリーンの背面側に配置される不図示の支持板が、光吸収性を有している(光透過性を有しない)形態としてもよいし、第2光学形状層54の背面側に、シート状の樹脂製の層であり、光吸収性を有する第2基材層等を設けてもよい。第2光学形状層54及び第2基材層がともに光吸収性を有し、光透過性を有していない形態としてもよい。
 このような変形形態のスクリーン50においても、明瞭な映像を表示でき、かつ、映像のぎらつき(スペックル)を低減した反射型のスクリーン50及び映像表示装置とすることができる。
 また、第3実施形態のスクリーン40においても、反射層53及び第2光学形状層54を備え、調光層30等を備えない形態とし、透明性を有しない不透明なスクリーンとしてもよい。
In addition to the above example, the second optical shape layer 54 does not have light absorption properties, and a support plate (not shown) disposed on the back side of the screen has light absorption properties ( It may be in a form that does not have light transmittance), or a second base material layer that is a sheet-like resin layer that has light absorption properties may be provided on the back side of the second optical shape layer 54. . The second optical shape layer 54 and the second substrate layer may both have light absorption properties and may not have light transmission properties.
Even in the screen 50 of such a modified form, a reflective screen 50 and an image display device capable of displaying a clear image and reducing the glare (speckle) of the image can be obtained.
Also, the screen 40 of the third embodiment may be provided with the reflective layer 53 and the second optically shaped layer 54 but not with the light control layer 30 or the like, and may be an opaque screen having no transparency.
(3)第1から第3実施形態において、光制御層16は、画面上下方向及び厚み方向に平行な断面において、画面上下方向における入射角度によって、選択的に入射光を拡散する例を挙げて説明したが、これに限らず、光制御層16は、単位光学形状121の配列方向及び厚み方向に平行な断面において、単位光学形状121の配列方向における入射角度によって、選択的に入射光を拡散する形態としてもよい。各実施形態のように、単位光学形状121が、点Cを中心として同心円状に配列される場合、光制御層16の光学性能も、同心円状に分布する特性となる。このような形態とすることにより、さらに効果的に光を拡散することができ、スクリーンの画面上側の左右両端等、視野角が低下しやすい箇所について、十分な視野角を確保できる。 (3) In the first to third embodiments, the light control layer 16 selectively diffuses incident light according to the incident angle in the vertical direction of the screen in a cross section parallel to the vertical direction of the screen and the thickness direction. Although not limited to this, the light control layer 16 selectively diffuses incident light according to the incident angle in the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes 121 in a cross section parallel to the arrangement direction and thickness direction of the unit optical shapes 121. It is good also as a form which carries out. When the unit optical shapes 121 are arranged concentrically around the point C as in each embodiment, the optical performance of the light control layer 16 is also concentrically distributed. With such a configuration, the light can be diffused more effectively, and a sufficient viewing angle can be ensured for locations where the viewing angle tends to decrease, such as the left and right ends of the upper side of the screen.
 また、第1から第3実施形態において、光制御層16は、画面上下方向及び厚み方向に平行な断面において、入射光を拡散して透過する特定の角度範囲が一定である例を示したが、これに限らず、画面上下方向に沿って特定角度範囲が、連続的に又は段階的に変化する形態としてもよい。このような形態とすることにより、スクリーンの画面上下方向において変化する映像光の入射角度に対応して、より効果的に光を拡散することができ、良好な映像を表示できる。 In addition, in the first to third embodiments, the light control layer 16 shows an example in which the specific angle range for diffusing and transmitting incident light is constant in the cross section parallel to the vertical direction and thickness direction of the screen. However, the specific angle range may change continuously or stepwise along the vertical direction of the screen. By adopting such a form, it is possible to more effectively diffuse the light corresponding to the incident angle of the image light that changes in the vertical direction of the screen, and to display a good image.
(4)第1から第3実施形態において、光制御層16は、背面側(-Z側)から入射する光については、入射角度に関係なく、拡散せずに透過する形態としてもよい。すなわち、光制御層16は、第3入射角度範囲R3を有しない形態としてもよい。 (4) In the first to third embodiments, the light control layer 16 may transmit light incident from the rear side (−Z side) without diffusing it regardless of the incident angle. That is, the light control layer 16 may have a form that does not have the third incident angle range R3.
(5)第1実施形態において、スクリーン10は、反射層13よりも映像源側(+Z側)に、入射した光の一部を透過し、一部を吸収する光吸収層として、所定の透過率となるように、黒や灰色等の暗色系の着色材等で着色された着色層を備える形態としてもよい。スクリーン10は、このような着色層を反射層13よりも映像源側に設けることにより、スクリーン10の背面側の空気との界面で反射した光が映像源側へ出射して二重像となることを抑制できる。また、このような着色層を備えることにより、映像の黒輝度の低減や映像源側からの外光の吸収を図り、映像のコントラスト向上を図ることができる。
 このような着色層は、例えば、光制御層16の映像源側(+Z)に新たに積層してもよいし、例えば、接合層17aや第1基材層11等が着色材を含有し、着色層としての機能を有する形態としてもよい。
 なお、第1実施形態に限らず、第2から第5実施形態においても、スクリーン20,40,70,80が反射層13よりも映像源側(+Z側)に、上述のような着色層を備える形態としてもよい。
(5) In the first embodiment, the screen 10 is provided on the image source side (+Z side) with respect to the reflective layer 13 as a light absorption layer that partially transmits and partially absorbs incident light. A colored layer colored with a dark coloring material such as black or gray may be provided so as to have the same ratio. In the screen 10, by providing such a colored layer closer to the image source than the reflection layer 13, the light reflected at the interface with the air on the back side of the screen 10 is emitted to the image source side to form a double image. can be suppressed. In addition, by providing such a colored layer, it is possible to reduce the black brightness of the image and absorb external light from the image source side, thereby improving the contrast of the image.
For example, such a colored layer may be newly laminated on the image source side (+Z) of the light control layer 16. For example, the bonding layer 17a, the first base material layer 11, etc. It may be in a form having a function as a colored layer.
In addition, not only in the first embodiment but also in the second to fifth embodiments, the screens 20, 40, 70, and 80 have the colored layer as described above on the image source side (+Z side) of the reflective layer 13. It is good also as a form provided.
 また、第1実施形態において、反射層13よりも背面側(-Z側)に、上述のような着色層を設けてもよい。このような着色層を反射層13よりも背面側に設けることにより、スクリーン10の背面側の空気との界面で反射した光が映像源側へ出射して二重像となることを抑制でき、明瞭な映像を表示できる。また、着色層を反射層13よりも背面側に設けることにより、映像光を投射しない状態でのスクリーンの透明性は低下するが、背面側からの外光を吸収でき、明るく、コントラストが高い映像を表示できる。このような着色層は、第2基材層15よりも背面側に新たに積層してもよいし、例えば、第2基材層15等が着色材を含有し、着色層としての機能を有する形態としてもよい。 In addition, in the first embodiment, the colored layer as described above may be provided on the back side (-Z side) of the reflective layer 13 . By providing such a colored layer on the back side of the reflective layer 13, the light reflected at the interface with the air on the back side of the screen 10 can be prevented from being emitted to the image source side and causing a double image. A clear image can be displayed. Further, by providing the colored layer on the back side of the reflective layer 13, the transparency of the screen is lowered when no image light is projected, but external light from the back side can be absorbed, resulting in a bright, high-contrast image. can be displayed. Such a colored layer may be newly laminated on the back side of the second base material layer 15. For example, the second base material layer 15 or the like contains a coloring material and functions as a colored layer. It may be in the form
 なお、上述の光吸収層(着色層)は、特に、第1実施形態のスクリーン10の最も映像源側又は最も背面側に配置されること、すなわち、スクリーンと空気との界面となる位置に配置することが、より効果的である。
 また、第2から第5実施形態において、調光層30ではなく、上記着色層を備える形態としてもよい。
Note that the above-described light absorption layer (coloring layer) is particularly arranged on the most image source side or the most rear side of the screen 10 of the first embodiment, that is, it is arranged at the interface between the screen and the air. It is more effective to
Further, in the second to fifth embodiments, the colored layer may be provided instead of the light control layer 30 .
(6)各実施形態において、単位光学形状121の第1斜面121a及び第2斜面121bは、例えば、曲面と平面とが組み合わされた形態としてもよいし、折れ面状としてもよい。
 また、単位光学形状121は、3つ以上の複数の面によって形成される多角形形状としてもよい。
 また、反射層13は、第1斜面121a及び第2斜面121bに形成される例を示したが、これに限らず、例えば、第1斜面121aの少なくとも一部に形成される形態としてもよい。
 また、実施形態において、第1斜面121a及び第2斜面121bは、微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状を有する例を示したが、これに限らず、第1斜面121aのみが微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状を有する形態としてもよい。
(6) In each embodiment, the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b of the unit optical shape 121 may be, for example, a combination of a curved surface and a flat surface, or may be a bent surface.
Also, the unit optical shape 121 may be a polygonal shape formed by three or more surfaces.
In addition, although an example in which the reflective layer 13 is formed on the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b is shown, the present invention is not limited to this, and may be formed on at least a part of the first slope 121a.
In the embodiment, the first slope 121a and the second slope 121b have fine and irregular uneven shapes, but the present invention is not limited to this. It is good also as a form which has.
(7)各実施形態において、映像源LSは、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80の画面左右方向の中央であって画面外の下方に位置する例を挙げて説明したが、これに限らず、例えば、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80上方に位置してもよい。この場合、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80は、その上下方向(Y方向)を反転させた形態となる。
 また、映像源LSが、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80に対して斜め方向光から映像光を投射する形態としてもよい。この場合、第1光学形状層12のサーキュラーフレネルレンズ形状のフレネルセンターとなる点Cは、映像源LSの位置に合わせて配置する。このような形態とすることにより、映像源LSの位置等を自由に設定することができる。
(7) In each embodiment, the image source LS is positioned at the center of the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 in the horizontal direction and below the screens. Instead, it may be located above the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80, for example. In this case, the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, and 80 are reversed in the vertical direction (Y direction).
In addition, the image source LS may project image light onto the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 from oblique direction light. In this case, the point C, which is the Fresnel center of the circular Fresnel lens shape of the first optically shaped layer 12, is arranged at the position of the image source LS. By adopting such a form, the position of the image source LS and the like can be freely set.
(8)第1、第3、第4、第5実施形態において、スクリーン10,40,70,80は、第1光学形状層12や第2光学形状層14が十分な厚みや剛性等を有している場合には、第1基材層11及び第2基材層15の少なくとも一方を備えない形態としてもよい。
 また、各実施形態において、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80は、光制御層16を第1光学形状層12のベース(基材)として用いて、第1基材層11等を備えない形態としてもよい。
(8) In the first, third, fourth, and fifth embodiments, the screens 10, 40, 70, and 80 are such that the first optically shaped layer 12 and the second optically shaped layer 14 have sufficient thickness, rigidity, etc. In that case, at least one of the first base material layer 11 and the second base material layer 15 may be omitted.
In addition, in each embodiment, the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, and 80 use the light control layer 16 as the base (substrate) of the first optical shape layer 12 and do not include the first substrate layer 11 or the like. It may be in the form
(9)第2から第4実施形態において、調光層30は、その両面(基材31Aの映像源側の面及び基材31Bの背面側の面)に接合層等を介して光透過性の高い基板層が積層された形態としてもよい。このような基板層としては、ガラス製の板状の部材が好適である。すなわち、合わせガラスの内部に実施形態の調光層30が配置された形態に相当し、接合層17cを介して第2基材層15の背面側される。
 調光層30をこのような形態とすることにより、高温下で液晶層36内の液晶材料が重力方向に落ちることにより、液晶材料の分布のムラが生じ、これに起因する透過率のムラを低減することができる。
 なお、第3実施形態においては、このような形態とした場合にも、第1光学形状層12の映像源側の面から光制御層16の背面側の面までの距離D1は、第2光学形状層14の背面側から調光層30の映像源側の面(基材31Aの映像源側の面)までの距離D2よりも大きい形態とすることが好ましい。
(9) In the second to fourth embodiments, the light-modulating layer 30 has a light-transmissive layer on both sides (the image source side surface of the base material 31A and the back side surface of the base material 31B) via a bonding layer or the like. A configuration in which substrate layers having a high D are laminated may be used. A plate-like member made of glass is suitable for such a substrate layer. That is, it corresponds to a form in which the light control layer 30 of the embodiment is arranged inside the laminated glass, and is attached to the back side of the second base material layer 15 via the bonding layer 17c.
By forming the light modulating layer 30 in this manner, the liquid crystal material in the liquid crystal layer 36 falls in the direction of gravity at high temperatures, causing uneven distribution of the liquid crystal material, and the resulting uneven transmittance. can be reduced.
In the third embodiment, even in such a form, the distance D1 from the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer 12 to the back side surface of the light control layer 16 is the second optical shape layer 12. It is preferable that the distance D2 from the back side of the shape layer 14 to the image source side surface of the light control layer 30 (the image source side surface of the substrate 31A) is longer than the distance D2.
(10)各実施形態において、スクリーン10,20,40,70,80は、単位光学形状121が配列された第1光学形状層12を備え、反射層13が、単位光学形状121に沿って形成される例を示したが、これに限らず、例えば、第1光学形状層の背面側の面が平面状あって微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状が形成された粗面となっており、その平面に反射層13が形成され、その背面側に第2光学形状層が形成されている形態としてもよい。 (10) In each embodiment, the screens 10, 20, 40, 70, and 80 have the first optical shape layer 12 in which the unit optical shapes 121 are arranged, and the reflective layer 13 is formed along the unit optical shapes 121. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the surface of the first optically shaped layer on the back side is a planar rough surface formed with fine and irregular uneven shapes. The reflective layer 13 may be formed on the rear side of the optical layer 13, and the second optical shape layer may be formed on the rear side thereof.
 なお、各実施形態及び変形形態は、適宜組み合わせて用いることもできるが、詳細な説明は省略する。また、本発明は、以上説明した各実施形態等によって限定されることはない。 Although each embodiment and modification can be used in combination as appropriate, detailed description thereof will be omitted. Moreover, the present invention is not limited by the embodiments and the like described above.
 1  映像表示装置
 10,20,40,70,80  スクリーン
 11  第1基材層
 12  第1光学形状層
 121  単位光学形状
 121a  第1斜面
 121b  第2斜面
 13  反射層
 14  第2光学形状層
 15,25  第2基材層
 16  光制御層
 17a,17b,17c  接合層
 48,88,89  透光性基板層
 30  調光層
 31A,31B  基材
 32A,32B  透明電極
 33A,33B  配向層
 36  液晶層
 LS  映像源
1 image display device 10, 20, 40, 70, 80 screen 11 first substrate layer 12 first optical shape layer 121 unit optical shape 121a first slope 121b second slope 13 reflective layer 14 second optical shape layer 15,25 Second substrate layer 16 Light control layer 17a, 17b, 17c Joining layer 48, 88, 89 Translucent substrate layer 30 Light control layer 31A, 31B Substrate 32A, 32B Transparent electrode 33A, 33B Orientation layer 36 Liquid crystal layer LS Image source

Claims (19)

  1.  映像源から投射された映像光の少なくとも一部を反射して映像を表示する反射型スクリーンであって、
     映像光が入射する第1の面とこれに交差する第2の面とを有し、背面側に凸となる単位光学形状が複数配列された第1光学形状層と、
     前記単位光学形状の少なくとも前記第1の面の一部に形成され、その表面に微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状が形成されており、入射した光の少なくとも一部を拡散反射する反射層と、
     前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において前記反射層よりも映像源側に位置し、特定の角度範囲から入射した光を拡散して透過し、前記特定の角度範囲の範囲外から入射した光を拡散せずに透過する光制御層と、
     を備え、
     光を拡散する粒子を含有する光拡散層を備えておらず、
     前記単位光学形状の前記第1の面がスクリーン面に平行な面となす角度αは、前記単位光学形状の配列方向に沿って一方向に大きくなり、
     前記特定の角度範囲は、前記反射型スクリーンの画面中央となる点を通り前記単位光学形状の配列方向に平行な方向及び前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向に平行な断面において、前記光制御層の映像源側となる面に垂直な直線に対して、前記角度αが小さい側に、25°以上55°以下となる範囲であること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    A reflective screen that displays an image by reflecting at least part of image light projected from an image source,
    a first optical shape layer having a first surface on which image light is incident and a second surface that intersects with the first surface, and in which a plurality of unit optical shapes that are convex on the back side are arranged;
    a reflective layer formed on at least a part of the first surface of the unit optical shape and having fine and irregular unevenness on the surface thereof to diffusely reflect at least part of incident light;
    It is positioned closer to the image source than the reflective layer in the thickness direction of the reflective screen, diffuses and transmits incident light from a specific angular range, and diffuses incident light from outside the specific angular range. a light control layer that transmits without
    with
    does not have a light diffusing layer containing light diffusing particles,
    an angle α formed between the first surface of the unit optical shape and a plane parallel to the screen surface increases in one direction along the arrangement direction of the unit optical shape,
    The specific angular range is defined by the image of the light control layer in a cross section passing through the center of the screen of the reflective screen in a direction parallel to the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes and in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the reflective screen. The angle α is in the range of 25° or more and 55° or less on the small side with respect to a straight line perpendicular to the surface on the source side;
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  2.  請求項1に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において、前記第1光学形状層の映像源側の面と前記光制御層の背面側の面との間の距離は、0.5mm以下であること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    The reflective screen according to claim 1,
    In the thickness direction of the reflective screen, the distance between the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer and the back surface side surface of the light control layer is 0.5 mm or less;
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  3.  映像源から投射された映像光の少なくとも一部を反射して映像を表示する反射型スクリーンであって、
     映像光が入射する第1の面とこれに交差する第2の面とを有し、背面側に凸となる単位光学形状が複数配列された第1光学形状層と、
     前記単位光学形状の少なくとも前記第1の面の一部に形成され、その表面に微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状が形成されており、入射した光の少なくとも一部を拡散反射する反射層と、
     前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において前記反射層よりも映像源側に位置し、特定の角度範囲から入射した光を拡散して透過し、前記特定の角度範囲の範囲外から入射した光を拡散せずに透過する光制御層と、
     を備え、
     光を拡散する粒子を含有する光拡散層を備えておらず、
     前記単位光学形状の第1の面がスクリーン面に平行な面となす角度αは、前記単位光学形状の配列方向に沿って一方向に大きくなり、
     前記特定の角度範囲は、前記反射型スクリーンの画面中央となる点を通り前記単位光学形状の配列方向に平行な方向及び前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向に平行な断面において、前記光制御層の映像源側となる面に垂直な直線に対して、前記角度αが小さい側に、25°以上55°以下となる範囲であり、
     前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において、前記第1光学形状層の映像源側の面と前記光制御層の背面側の面との間の距離は、0.5mmより大きく8mm以下であること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    A reflective screen that displays an image by reflecting at least part of image light projected from an image source,
    a first optical shape layer having a first surface on which image light is incident and a second surface that intersects with the first surface, and in which a plurality of unit optical shapes that are convex on the back side are arranged;
    a reflective layer formed on at least a part of the first surface of the unit optical shape and having fine and irregular unevenness on the surface thereof to diffusely reflect at least part of incident light;
    It is positioned closer to the image source than the reflective layer in the thickness direction of the reflective screen, diffuses and transmits incident light from a specific angular range, and diffuses incident light from outside the specific angular range. a light control layer that transmits without
    with
    does not have a light diffusing layer containing light diffusing particles,
    an angle α formed between the first surface of the unit optical shape and a plane parallel to the screen surface increases in one direction along the arrangement direction of the unit optical shape,
    The specific angular range is defined by the image of the light control layer in a cross section passing through the center of the screen of the reflective screen in a direction parallel to the arrangement direction of the unit optical shapes and in a cross section parallel to the thickness direction of the reflective screen. A range of 25° or more and 55° or less on the side where the angle α is small with respect to a straight line perpendicular to the surface on the source side,
    In the thickness direction of the reflective screen, the distance between the image source side surface of the first optical shape layer and the back surface side surface of the light control layer is greater than 0.5 mm and less than or equal to 8 mm;
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  4.  請求項1から請求項3までのいずれか1項に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記反射層は、入射した光の一部を反射し、一部を透過する半透過型であり、
     前記反射層の背面側に前記反射層に隣接して設けられ、光透過性を有し、隣り合う前記単位光学形状による谷部を埋めるように積層された第2光学形状層を有し、
     前記第2光学形状層は、その背面側の面が平面状であり、前記第1光学形状層と屈折率が等しいもしくは等しいとみなせるほど屈折率差が小さいこと、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    In the reflective screen according to any one of claims 1 to 3,
    The reflective layer is a transflective type that reflects part of incident light and transmits part of it,
    A second optical shape layer provided adjacent to the reflective layer on the back side of the reflective layer, having optical transparency, and laminated so as to fill the valleys of the adjacent unit optical shapes,
    The second optically shaped layer has a flat back surface, and has a refractive index equal to or equal to that of the first optically shaped layer, or has a refractive index difference that is small enough to be considered equal.
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  5.  請求項1から請求項4までのいずれか1項に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記第1光学形状層は、背面側にフレネルレンズ形状を有し、
     前記単位光学形状は、スクリーン面に直交する方向から見て円弧状であり、前記反射型スクリーンの表示領域外に位置する点を中心として同心円状に配列されていること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    In the reflective screen according to any one of claims 1 to 4,
    The first optical shape layer has a Fresnel lens shape on the back side,
    The unit optical shapes are arc-shaped when viewed in a direction orthogonal to the screen surface, and are arranged concentrically around a point located outside the display area of the reflective screen;
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  6.  請求項1から請求項5までのいずれか1項に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     入射した光の一部を吸収し、一部を透過する光吸収層を備えること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    In the reflective screen according to any one of claims 1 to 5,
    Having a light absorption layer that absorbs part of incident light and transmits part of it;
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  7.  請求項6に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記光吸収層は、前記反射層よりも背面側に設けられること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    In the reflective screen according to claim 6,
    The light absorption layer is provided on the back side of the reflection layer,
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  8.  請求項7に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記光吸収層は、入射角度が大きい光に対する吸収率が、入射角度が0°である光に対する吸収率より大きい状態と、入射角度による光の吸収率の差が小さい状態とを選択できる調光層であること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    In the reflective screen according to claim 7,
    The light absorption layer can select a state in which the absorptance for light with a large incident angle is greater than that for light with an incident angle of 0° and a state in which the difference in absorptivity of light depending on the incident angle is small. being layers,
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  9.  請求項6から請求項8までのいずれか1項に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記反射層は、入射した光の一部を反射し、一部を透過する半透過型であり、
     前記反射層の背面側に前記反射層に隣接して設けられ、光透過性を有し、隣り合う前記単位光学形状による谷部を埋めるように積層された第2光学形状層を有し、
     前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において、前記光吸収層の映像源側の面から前記第2光学形状層の背面側の面までの距離は、前記光制御層の背面側の面から前記第1光学形状層の映像源側の面までの距離よりも大きいこと、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    In the reflective screen according to any one of claims 6 to 8,
    The reflective layer is a transflective type that reflects part of incident light and transmits part of it,
    A second optical shape layer provided adjacent to the reflective layer on the back side of the reflective layer, having optical transparency, and laminated so as to fill the valleys of the adjacent unit optical shapes,
    In the thickness direction of the reflective screen, the distance from the image source side surface of the light absorption layer to the back side surface of the second optical shape layer is the distance from the back side surface of the light control layer to the first optical greater than the distance to the image source side surface of the shape layer,
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  10.  請求項1から請求項9までのいずれか1項に記載の反射型スクリーンと、
     前記反射型スクリーンへ映像光を投射する映像源と
     を備える映像表示装置。
    a reflective screen according to any one of claims 1 to 9;
    An image display device comprising: an image source that projects image light onto the reflective screen.
  11.  請求項10に記載の映像表示装置において、
     前記特定の角度範囲は、前記映像源の投射する映像光の主たる入射角度範囲を含むこと、
     を特徴とする映像表示装置。
    In the image display device according to claim 10,
    the specific angle range includes a main incident angle range of image light projected by the image source;
    An image display device characterized by:
  12.  映像源から投射された映像光の少なくとも一部を反射して映像を表示する反射型スクリーンであって、
     表面に微細かつ不規則な凹凸形状が形成されており、入射した光の少なくとも一部を前記凹凸形状により拡散反射し、一部を透過する半透過型の反射層と、
     前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において、前記反射層よりも背面側に配置され、入射した光の一部を吸収し、一部を透過して透過率を調整可能である調光層と、
     を備え、
     光を拡散する粒子を含有する光拡散層を備えていないこと、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    A reflective screen that displays an image by reflecting at least part of image light projected from an image source,
    a semi-transmissive reflective layer having a surface formed with fine and irregular unevenness, diffusely reflecting at least a portion of incident light by the unevenness, and transmitting a portion of the incident light;
    a light control layer that is arranged on the back side of the reflective layer in the thickness direction of the reflective screen, absorbs part of the incident light, transmits part of it, and is capable of adjusting the transmittance;
    with
    not having a light diffusing layer containing light diffusing particles;
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  13.  請求項12に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記調光層は、二色性色素を含有する液晶材料を含有する層を備えること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    A reflective screen according to claim 12, wherein
    The light control layer comprises a layer containing a liquid crystal material containing a dichroic dye;
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  14.  請求項12又は請求項13に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記調光層は、光の透過率が高い状態において、入射角度40°以上の光に対する光の吸収率は、入射角度が0°の光の対する吸収率よりも大きいこと、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    In the reflective screen according to claim 12 or 13,
    In a state where the light transmittance is high, the light modulating layer has a higher absorption rate for light with an incident angle of 40° or more than that for light with an incident angle of 0°;
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  15.  請求項12から請求項14までのいずれか1項に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     映像光が入射する第1の面とこれに交差する第2の面とを有し、背面側に凸となる単位光学形状が複数配列された第1光学形状層と、
     前記反射層の背面側に前記反射層に隣接して設けられ、光透過性を有し、隣り合う前記単位光学形状による谷部を埋めるように積層された第2光学形状層と、
     を備え、
     前記反射層は、前記単位光学形状の少なくとも前記第1の面の一部に形成され、
     前記第2光学形状層は、その背面側の面が平面状であり、前記第1光学形状層と屈折率が等しいもしくは等しいとみなせるほど屈折率差が小さいこと、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    In the reflective screen according to any one of claims 12 to 14,
    a first optical shape layer having a first surface on which image light is incident and a second surface that intersects with the first surface, and in which a plurality of unit optical shapes that are convex on the back side are arranged;
    a second optical shape layer provided adjacent to the reflective layer on the back side of the reflective layer, having optical transparency, and laminated so as to fill the valleys of the adjacent unit optical shapes;
    with
    The reflective layer is formed on at least part of the first surface of the unit optical shape,
    The second optically shaped layer has a flat back surface, and has a refractive index equal to or equal to that of the first optically shaped layer, or has a refractive index difference that is small enough to be considered equal.
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  16.  請求項15に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記第1光学形状層は、背面側にフレネルレンズ形状を有し、
     前記単位光学形状は、スクリーン面に直交する方向から見て円弧状であり、前記反射型スクリーンの表示領域外に位置する点を中心として同心円状に配列されていること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    A reflective screen according to claim 15, wherein
    The first optical shape layer has a Fresnel lens shape on the back side,
    The unit optical shapes are arc-shaped when viewed in a direction orthogonal to the screen surface, and are arranged concentrically around a point located outside the display area of the reflective screen;
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  17.  請求項12から請求項16までのいずれか1項に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記調光層は、
      映像源側又は背面側に光透過性の高い基板層が積層されている、もしくは、
      その厚み方向において、2枚の光透過性の高い基板層に挟持されていること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    In the reflective screen according to any one of claims 12 to 16,
    The light control layer is
    A substrate layer with high light transmittance is laminated on the image source side or the back side, or
    sandwiched between two substrate layers with high light transmittance in the thickness direction;
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  18.  請求項12から請求項17までのいずれか1項に記載の反射型スクリーンにおいて、
     前記反射型スクリーンの厚み方向において前記反射層よりも映像源側に位置し、特定の角度範囲から入射した光を拡散して透過し、前記特定の角度範囲の範囲外から入射した光を拡散せずに透過する光制御層を備えること、
     を特徴とする反射型スクリーン。
    In the reflective screen according to any one of claims 12 to 17,
    It is positioned closer to the image source than the reflective layer in the thickness direction of the reflective screen, diffuses and transmits incident light from a specific angular range, and diffuses incident light from outside the specific angular range. having a light control layer that transmits without
    A reflective screen characterized by a
  19.  請求項12から請求項18までのいずれか1項に記載の反射型スクリーンと、
     前記反射型スクリーンへ映像光を投射する映像源と
     を備える映像表示装置。
    a reflective screen according to any one of claims 12 to 18;
    An image display device comprising: an image source that projects image light onto the reflective screen.
PCT/JP2022/018261 2021-04-20 2022-04-20 Reflective screen and video display device WO2022224984A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021-071237 2021-04-20
JP2021071237A JP2022165753A (en) 2021-04-20 2021-04-20 Reflection type screen and video display device
JP2021071240A JP2022165756A (en) 2021-04-20 2021-04-20 Reflection type screen and video display device
JP2021071239A JP2022165755A (en) 2021-04-20 2021-04-20 Reflection type screen and video display device
JP2021-071240 2021-04-20
JP2021-071239 2021-04-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022224984A1 true WO2022224984A1 (en) 2022-10-27

Family

ID=83722315

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/018261 WO2022224984A1 (en) 2021-04-20 2022-04-20 Reflective screen and video display device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2022224984A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002277962A (en) * 2001-01-09 2002-09-25 Denso Corp Hologram screen
JP2012226103A (en) * 2011-04-19 2012-11-15 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Reflection screen and image display system
JP2017211454A (en) * 2016-05-24 2017-11-30 大日本印刷株式会社 Screen and image display device
JP2019132973A (en) * 2018-01-31 2019-08-08 大日本印刷株式会社 Reflection screen and image display device
JP2020134830A (en) * 2019-02-22 2020-08-31 Eneos株式会社 Image projection system

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002277962A (en) * 2001-01-09 2002-09-25 Denso Corp Hologram screen
JP2012226103A (en) * 2011-04-19 2012-11-15 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Reflection screen and image display system
JP2017211454A (en) * 2016-05-24 2017-11-30 大日本印刷株式会社 Screen and image display device
JP2019132973A (en) * 2018-01-31 2019-08-08 大日本印刷株式会社 Reflection screen and image display device
JP2020134830A (en) * 2019-02-22 2020-08-31 Eneos株式会社 Image projection system

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7060137B2 (en) Reflective screen, video display device
JP4788314B2 (en) Light diffusion sheet, transmissive screen, rear projection display device, and liquid crystal display device
US11695904B2 (en) Reflective screen and image display device
US12108195B2 (en) Reflective screen and image display device
JP7081178B2 (en) Reflective screen, video display device
TWI485466B (en) Liquid crystal display
JP7081705B2 (en) Reflective screen, video display device
JPH0772809A (en) Microlens array sheet for liquid crystal display and liquid crystal display using the same
JP2010008895A (en) Optical member and display device
JP7395862B2 (en) Reflective screen, video display device
JP2022165753A (en) Reflection type screen and video display device
JP6988070B2 (en) Video display device
JP2022165755A (en) Reflection type screen and video display device
WO2022224984A1 (en) Reflective screen and video display device
JP5949356B2 (en) Reflective screen, 3D image display system
JP6938872B2 (en) Video display device
JP6812757B2 (en) Video display device
JP7314757B2 (en) Reflective screen, image display device
JP5439786B2 (en) Light diffusion sheet, liquid crystal image source unit, and liquid crystal display device
WO2013099708A1 (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP2022165756A (en) Reflection type screen and video display device
JP2017211455A (en) Screen and image display device
JP6957891B2 (en) Reflective screen, video display device
JP7201115B1 (en) Reflective screen, image display device
JP7036247B2 (en) Reflective screen, video display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22791755

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22791755

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1